{"title":"Warehouse Equipment","description":"\u003csection class=\"collection-content enterprise-layout\"\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- HEADER --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-section-header\"\u003e\n    \u003ch2\u003eWarehouse Equipment Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- SUMMARY GRID --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-summary-grid\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-summary-item\"\u003e\n      \u003ch3\u003eMain Use Case\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eIntegrated warehouse infrastructure for storage, material flow, fulfillment, and operational scalability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-summary-item\"\u003e\n      \u003ch3\u003eCommon Mistake\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eSelecting warehouse equipment individually instead of evaluating full operational workflow compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-summary-item\"\u003e\n      \u003ch3\u003eTypical Best Fit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003e3PL warehouses, ecommerce fulfillment centers, manufacturing facilities, and regional distribution operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-summary-item\"\u003e\n      \u003ch3\u003eBest Next Step\u003c\/h3\u003e\n      \u003cp\u003eReview inventory behavior, throughput goals, forklift traffic, storage density, and future scalability requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- INTRO --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Warehouse Equipment Systems for Operational Warehouse Environments\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Warehouse equipment directly affects storage capacity,\n        labor efficiency, throughput performance,\n        forklift movement, and long-term operational scalability.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Facilities with high SKU counts,\n        rapid inventory turnover,\n        or mixed fulfillment workflows require different storage\n        and material-flow strategies than bulk pallet warehouses,\n        static manufacturing environments,\n        or overflow storage operations.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-callout\"\u003e\n        Warehouse equipment should be planned as an integrated operational system,\n        not as isolated product purchases.\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- PALLET RACKING --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Pallet Racking Systems for Palletized Inventory Storage\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/pallet-racking-systems\" title=\"Explore Pallet Racking Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n          Pallet racking systems\n        \u003c\/a\u003e\n        are commonly used for palletized inventory storage,\n        forklift accessibility, and warehouse slotting efficiency.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-two-column\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eSelective Storage Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/selective-pallet-racking\" title=\"Explore Selective Pallet Racking\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Selective pallet racking\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eHigh SKU accessibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eFast inventory selection\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eFlexible pallet positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eAdaptable warehouse layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eHigh-Density Storage Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/push-back-pallet-racking\" title=\"Explore Push Back Pallet Racking\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Push back pallet racking\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/pallet-flow-racking\" title=\"Explore Pallet Flow Racking\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Pallet flow racking\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/double-deep-pallet-racking\" title=\"Explore Double Deep Pallet Racking\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Double deep pallet racking\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n            \u003cli\u003eHigher pallet density\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eImproved cubic utilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        High-density pallet storage systems increase storage density\n        but reduce pallet selectivity,\n        increase dependency on inventory consistency,\n        and limit flexibility during SKU expansion or workflow changes.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-callout\"\u003e\n        Operations with changing inventory profiles or mixed-client storage requirements\n        often prioritize accessibility and flexibility over maximum storage density.\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- SHELVING --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Shelving Systems for Case Picking \u0026amp; Small Inventory Storage\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/shelving-system\" title=\"Explore Shelving Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n          Shelving systems\n        \u003c\/a\u003e\n        support case-picking operations,\n        small-parts storage,\n        ecommerce fulfillment workflows,\n        and non-palletized inventory organization.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-two-column\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eIndustrial Shelving Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/steel-shelving\" title=\"Explore Steel Shelving Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Steel shelving systems\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eIndustrial inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eHigher shelf capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eStructured SKU organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eBulk \u0026amp; Oversized Inventory Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/long-span-shelving\" title=\"Explore Long Span Shelving\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Long span shelving\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/cantilever-racking\" title=\"Explore Cantilever Racking Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Cantilever racking systems\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n\n            \u003cli\u003eOversized material handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eHand-loaded bulk inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Incorrect storage selection for oversized materials commonly creates\n        unsafe loading conditions,\n        reduced accessibility,\n        and inefficient floor utilization.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- CONVEYORS --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Conveyor Systems for Throughput \u0026amp; Material Flow Optimization\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/conveyor-systems\" title=\"Explore Conveyor Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n          Conveyor systems\n        \u003c\/a\u003e\n        reduce manual travel time,\n        improve order flow consistency,\n        and support high-throughput carton movement.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-two-column\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003ePowered Conveyor Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/belt-conveyors\" title=\"Explore Belt Conveyors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Belt conveyors\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eControlled package movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eIncline transport\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eConsistent product handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eManual Flow Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/gravity-roller-conveyors\" title=\"Explore Gravity Roller Conveyors\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Gravity roller conveyors\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eLower-cost material flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eSimplified layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eManual carton movement support\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Conveyor infrastructure performs poorly in facilities\n        with unstable workflows,\n        frequently changing pick paths,\n        or operational volumes too low to justify fixed material-flow systems.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-callout\"\u003e\n        Conveyor systems should align with dock flow,\n        picking processes,\n        packing workflows,\n        and long-term operational stability before implementation.\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- MEZZANINES --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Mezzanine Systems for Vertical Warehouse Expansion\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/mezzanine-floor\" title=\"Explore Mezzanine Floor Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n          Mezzanine floor systems\n        \u003c\/a\u003e\n        create additional operational square footage for storage,\n        picking, packing,\n        and workflow separation within existing warehouse facilities.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-two-column\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eRack-Supported Mezzanines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/rack-supported-mezzanine-floors\" title=\"Explore Rack Supported Mezzanine Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Rack-supported mezzanine systems\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eIntegrated storage infrastructure\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eMaximum cubic utilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eHigh-density warehouse layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eClear Span Mezzanines\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cul\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003e\n              \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/clear-span-mezzanine-floor\" title=\"Explore Clear Span Mezzanine Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n                Clear span mezzanine systems\n              \u003c\/a\u003e\n            \u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eOpen operational layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eFewer structural obstructions\u003c\/li\u003e\n            \u003cli\u003eImproved workflow flexibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n          \u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Vertical warehouse expansion requires evaluation of floor loading,\n        forklift access,\n        egress requirements,\n        fire protection systems,\n        and long-term operational flexibility.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-callout\"\u003e\n        Incorrect mezzanine planning commonly creates bottlenecks,\n        inefficient material flow,\n        and future expansion limitations.\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- FACILITY TYPES --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Warehouse Systems for 3PL, Fulfillment \u0026amp; Distribution Operations\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-three-column\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003e3PL Warehouse Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cp\u003e\n            \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/3pl-warehouse-systems\" title=\"Explore 3PL Warehouse Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n              3PL warehouse systems\n            \u003c\/a\u003e\n            prioritize reconfiguration flexibility,\n            mixed-client adaptability,\n            and scalable storage layouts.\n          \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eFulfillment Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cp\u003e\n            \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/ecommerce-fulfillment-systems\" title=\"Explore Ecommerce Fulfillment Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n              Ecommerce fulfillment systems\n            \u003c\/a\u003e\n            focus on pick efficiency,\n            packing throughput,\n            and SKU accessibility.\n          \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n        \u003cdiv class=\"kg-box\"\u003e\n\n          \u003ch3\u003eDistribution Center Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n          \u003cp\u003e\n            \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/distribution-center-systems\" title=\"Explore Distribution Center Systems\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n              Distribution center systems\n            \u003c\/a\u003e\n            are designed around dock throughput,\n            inventory velocity,\n            and pallet movement optimization.\n          \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Manufacturing environments often require warehouse systems supporting\n        production staging,\n        raw material storage,\n        and operational continuity\n        rather than high-volume fulfillment workflows.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- PLANNING --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Warehouse Equipment Planning \u0026amp; Operational Compatibility\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Most warehouse equipment projects require operational qualification before quoting\n        to confirm pallet dimensions,\n        load weights,\n        inventory rotation methods,\n        forklift requirements,\n        facility constraints,\n        and future expansion plans.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003ctable class=\"kg-table\"\u003e\n\n        \u003cthead\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003ePlanning Factor\u003c\/th\u003e\n            \u003cth\u003eOperational Impact\u003c\/th\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/thead\u003e\n\n        \u003ctbody\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003ePallet Dimensions \u0026amp; Load Weights\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetermine rack capacity, aisle spacing, and equipment compatibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eForklift Specifications\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eImpact turning radius, lift height, and storage accessibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eInventory Rotation Methods\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eInfluence storage layout and pallet flow requirements.\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFacility Constraints\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eCeiling height, slab conditions, and dock layout affect infrastructure planning.\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n          \u003ctr\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eFuture Expansion Plans\u003c\/td\u003e\n            \u003ctd\u003eDetermine long-term scalability and layout flexibility.\u003c\/td\u003e\n          \u003c\/tr\u003e\n\n        \u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\n      \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n      \u003cdiv class=\"kg-callout\"\u003e\n        Incorrect equipment selection commonly creates aisle congestion,\n        inefficient travel paths,\n        poor inventory accessibility,\n        and expensive operational limitations after installation.\n      \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c!-- CTA --\u003e\n  \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-block\"\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-blue-title\"\u003e\n      Need Help Evaluating Warehouse Equipment Systems?\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n    \u003cdiv class=\"kg-content-inner\"\u003e\n\n      \u003cp\u003e\n        Speak with a warehouse equipment specialist to compare storage systems,\n        operational workflows,\n        facility constraints,\n        and inventory requirements before requesting a quote.\n      \u003c\/p\u003e\n\n      \u003ca class=\"kg-button\" href=\"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/pages\/contact-warehouse-equipment-specialist\" title=\"Request Warehouse Equipment Guidance\" target=\"_blank\" rel=\"noopener noreferrer\"\u003e\n        Request Warehouse Equipment Guidance\n      \u003c\/a\u003e\n\n    \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n  \u003c\/div\u003e\n\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\n\u003cstyle\u003e\n\n.enterprise-layout {\n  font-family: Arial, sans-serif;\n  color: #222;\n  line-height: 1.7;\n}\n\n.enterprise-layout a {\n  color: #0d3b66;\n  font-weight: 600;\n  text-decoration: underline;\n}\n\n.kg-section-header {\n  border-top: 4px solid #0d3b66;\n  border-left: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  border-right: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  border-bottom: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  background: #f3f3f3;\n  padding: 24px;\n  margin-bottom: 20px;\n}\n\n.kg-section-header h2 {\n  margin: 0;\n  font-size: 32px;\n  color: #0d3b66;\n}\n\n.kg-summary-grid {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(4, 1fr);\n  border: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  margin-bottom: 30px;\n}\n\n.kg-summary-item {\n  padding: 20px;\n  border-right: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  background: #fafafa;\n}\n\n.kg-summary-item:last-child {\n  border-right: none;\n}\n\n.kg-summary-item h3 {\n  font-size: 13px;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n  color: #0d3b66;\n  margin-bottom: 10px;\n}\n\n.kg-content-block {\n  border: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  margin-bottom: 30px;\n  background: #fff;\n}\n\n.kg-blue-title {\n  background: #0d3b66;\n  color: white;\n  padding: 14px 18px;\n  font-size: 15px;\n  font-weight: bold;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n}\n\n.kg-content-inner {\n  padding: 25px;\n}\n\n.kg-two-column {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: 1fr 1fr;\n  gap: 18px;\n  margin-top: 25px;\n  margin-bottom: 25px;\n}\n\n.kg-three-column {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(3, 1fr);\n  gap: 18px;\n  margin-top: 25px;\n  margin-bottom: 25px;\n}\n\n.kg-box {\n  border: 1px solid #d8d8d8;\n  background: #fafafa;\n  padding: 20px;\n}\n\n.kg-box h3 {\n  color: #0d3b66;\n  font-size: 14px;\n  margin-bottom: 15px;\n  text-transform: uppercase;\n}\n\n.kg-box ul {\n  margin: 0;\n  padding-left: 20px;\n}\n\n.kg-box li {\n  margin-bottom: 10px;\n}\n\n.kg-table {\n  width: 100%;\n  border-collapse: collapse;\n  margin-top: 20px;\n}\n\n.kg-table th {\n  background: #0d3b66;\n  color: white;\n  text-align: left;\n  padding: 14px;\n}\n\n.kg-table td {\n  border: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  padding: 14px;\n  vertical-align: top;\n}\n\n.kg-related-grid {\n  display: grid;\n  grid-template-columns: repeat(2, 1fr);\n  gap: 12px;\n  margin-top: 20px;\n}\n\n.kg-related-grid a {\n  display: block;\n  padding: 14px;\n  border: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  background: #fafafa;\n  text-decoration: none;\n  color: #0d3b66;\n  font-weight: bold;\n}\n\n.kg-related-grid a:hover {\n  background: #f0f4f8;\n}\n\n.kg-callout {\n  border-left: 5px solid #0d3b66;\n  background: #f4f7fa;\n  padding: 18px;\n  margin-top: 20px;\n  font-weight: 600;\n}\n\n.kg-button {\n  display: inline-block;\n  margin-top: 20px;\n  background: #0d3b66;\n  color: white !important;\n  padding: 14px 24px;\n  text-decoration: none !important;\n  font-weight: bold;\n}\n\n.kg-button:hover {\n  background: #092d4d;\n}\n\n@media (max-width: 900px) {\n\n  .kg-summary-grid,\n  .kg-two-column,\n  .kg-three-column,\n  .kg-related-grid {\n    grid-template-columns: 1fr;\n  }\n\n  .kg-summary-item {\n    border-right: none;\n    border-bottom: 1px solid #d5d5d5;\n  }\n\n}\n\n\u003c\/style\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"pallet-racking-three-bay-package","title":"Pallet Racking Three Bay Package","description":"\u003cdiv data-offset-key=\"38lhn-0-0\" data-editor=\"797as\" data-block=\"true\" class=\"\"\u003e \u003cdiv class=\"public-DraftStyleDefault-block public-DraftStyleDefault-ltr\" data-offset-key=\"38lhn-0-0\"\u003e \u003cp\u003eIntroducing our high-capacity three-bay Pallet Racking system, engineered to optimise storage space and enhance efficiency in your warehouse or industrial setting. Crafted with durability and reliability in mind, this system offers a robust solution for your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEach bay boasts an impressive width of 8161mm or 8617mm, providing expansive storage capacity without compromising on stability. With a depth of 840mm, this system accommodates various pallet sizes and goods, ensuring versatility to meet your requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFeaturing two to four levels per bay, each with a sturdy 2- 2.6 tonne Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL) rating, you can trust in the strength and durability of this racking system to securely hold your inventory. Whether you're storing heavy-duty equipment or lightweight goods, our Pallet Racking system delivers reliable performance.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis comprehensive package offers extensive coverage to optimise your storage space and streamline operations. From pallets to boxes, this system provides flexible storage solutions to suit your needs.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eComplete with all necessary components for easy DIY assembly, including base plates and levelling plates, setting up your Pallet Racking system is a hassle-free experience. Upgrade your storage capabilities with our three-bay Pallet Racking system, designed to enhance efficiency and maximise storage space in your facility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003c\/div\u003e \u003ch3\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e4 x Frames: Each galvanised 840mm deep frame comes fully assembled and Dexion compatible, ready to be installed. These sturdy frames provide the foundation for your pallet racking system, ensuring stability and durability.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes Uprights, Bracing, Nuts and bolts, Base Plates, Levelling Plates, and Screw Bolt Floor Fixings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003eBeams: Measuring 2591mm x 100mm \u003cem\u003e(2000kg UDL)\u003c\/em\u003e or 2743mm x 120mm \u003cem\u003e(2600kg UDL)\u003c\/em\u003e, each with \u003cspan data-mce-fragment=\"1\"\u003etwo safety clips.\u003c\/span\u003e These beams are designed to support your pallets and provide maximum weight-bearing capacity. With four beams included, you'll have ample support for your storage needs.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e2438mm, 3048mm and 3658mm high include 12 x Beams\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e4877mm high include 18 x Beams\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli\u003e6096mm high include 24 x Beams\u003cspan style=\"font-size: 0.875rem;\"\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003eMaterial: Frames constructed from durable Pre Galvanised steel and Beams powder coated steel in high visibility Orange.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003eLoad Capacity: Each Bay is designed to hold a maximum weight of 10,000kgs per bay (Minimum of two bays wide with 2 beams levels)\u003c\/li\u003e \u003cli class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003eMaximum Beam Height: Bottom beam level should not exceed 1800mm.\u003c\/li\u003e \u003c\/ul\u003e \u003cp class=\"MsoNormal\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll pallet racking must be installed to Australian Standards AS4084 2023, find more information \u003ca title=\"AS4084 – Australian Pallet Racking Standards Explained\" href=\"https:\/\/www.erectarack.com.au\/resources\/standards-as4084\/\"\u003ehere\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eOverall Dimensions 840mm deep x 8161mm wide\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ReadyRack","offers":[{"title":"2438mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2591mm (2000kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074308698,"sku":"3B.2438.2591.840CW2.2T","price":1169.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2438mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2743mm (2600kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074341466,"sku":"3B.2438.2743.840CW2.2T","price":1287.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3048mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2591mm (2000kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074374234,"sku":"3B.3048.2591.840CW2.2T","price":1255.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3048mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2743mm (2600kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074407002,"sku":"3B.3048.2743.840CW2.2T","price":1373.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3658mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2591mm (2000kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074439770,"sku":"3B.3658.2591.840CW2.2T","price":1349.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3658mm comes with 2 Levels (12 Beams) \/ 2743mm (2600kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074472538,"sku":"3B.3658.2743.840CW2.2T","price":1467.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4877mm comes with 3 Levels (18 Beams) \/ 2591mm (2000kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074505306,"sku":"3B.4877.2591.840CW3.2T","price":1972.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4877mm comes with 3 Levels (18 Beams) \/ 2743mm (2600kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074538074,"sku":"3B.4877.2743.840CW3.2T","price":2149.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6096mm comes with 4 Levels (24 Beams) \/ 2591mm (2000kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074570842,"sku":"3B.6096.2591.840CW4.2T","price":2513.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6096mm comes with 4 Levels (24 Beams) \/ 2743mm (2600kg UDL)","offer_id":42922074603610,"sku":"3B.6096.2743.840CW4.2T","price":2749.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/pallet-racking-three-bay-package-in-modern-warehouse-setting.png?v=1773177345"},{"product_id":"pallet-racking-upright-frames-96-inch-14000-lb-capacity","title":"96\" Pallet Racking Upright Frames – 14,000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2\u003e96\" Pallet Racking Upright Frames for Standard Warehouse Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 96\" pallet racking upright frames are designed for standard warehouse storage applications requiring reliable medium-duty capacity. Manufactured from high-strength 55,000 PSI steel with a teardrop connection system, they support up to 14,000 lbs per bay under typical configurations. This frame height is commonly used in facilities with limited vertical clearance or standard forklift reach. It is not suitable for high-rise, high-density, or engineered racking systems requiring greater structural capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFrame Depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e42\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e44\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\"\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSelection guidance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Frame depth must match pallet dimensions. Standard 48\" deep pallets typically require 42\" frames to allow proper pallet overhang. Incorrect depth selection will reduce storage efficiency or create unsafe loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 14,000 lbs per bay*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI high-strength steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop, adjustable every 2\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Connection\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoltless teardrop design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Bracing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted, field-replaceable bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Plate Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial powder-coated finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufactured to RMI standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003csmall\u003e *Capacity is based on 48\" beam spacing with uniformly distributed static loads. Final capacity varies by configuration and must be verified for the specific rack layout. \u003c\/small\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Variants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100%; height: 117.563px;\"\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eF24096314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eF36096314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eF42096314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eF44096314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 28.3394%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eF48096314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 12.4549%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 11.1913%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 10.2888%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 18.5921%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 17.148%; height: 19.5938px;\"\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSystem Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese upright frames use a standard teardrop connection system, making them compatible with most industry-standard teardrop pallet rack beams, including both new-style and shaved-rivet beam connectors. They are suitable for expanding or replacing components in existing teardrop pallet racking systems when dimensions and load requirements match.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the System Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpright frames form the vertical structure of a pallet racking system. Horizontal beams connect to the frame columns using teardrop connectors, creating adjustable storage levels for palletized inventory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet loads transfer to the rack beams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack beams transfer load into the upright frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright frames transfer load through the base plates into the anchored concrete slab.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam levels can be adjusted in 2\" increments to accommodate different pallet heights, SKU profiles, and storage layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when warehouse ceiling height limits vertical storage expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when forklift reach is limited to low or mid-height operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for standard selective pallet racking layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when moderate capacity is required without over-engineering the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when expanding or modifying an existing compatible teardrop system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for high-density systems such as push-back, drive-in, or pallet flow racking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for high-rise or multi-level rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use when load requirements exceed 14,000 lbs per bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use without engineering review where seismic regulations apply.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for automation or specialized storage systems without system-level design review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity and Load Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame capacity is not fixed across all layouts. It depends on beam spacing, number of beam levels, load distribution, anchoring conditions, and concrete slab thickness.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding more beam levels can improve structural support by reducing unsupported frame height between connection points. Wider vertical beam spacing can reduce usable frame capacity and should be reviewed before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not assume maximum capacity applies to every configuration.\u003c\/strong\u003e Load ratings must be verified for the specific rack layout, pallet weights, and facility conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight, Clearance, and Layout Constraints\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame height must be evaluated against ceiling height, fire sprinkler clearance, forklift lift height, and required safety clearance above the top pallet position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInsufficient clearance will limit usable storage height, create operational hazards, and increase the risk of non-compliance with fire protection requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBase Plate and Anchoring\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame includes a 4\" x 6\" base plate designed for standard anchoring conditions. System stability depends on proper anchors, slab thickness, slab condition, and load distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImproper anchoring reduces system stability and can lead to structural failure under load.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeismic and Compliance Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic zone requirements affect anchor specifications, frame capacity ratings, and system design constraints. These frames are manufactured to RMI standards, but seismic calculations are required for regulated installations and permit-required projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal rack design should be reviewed against local code, slab conditions, pallet loads, and facility location before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFailure Risks and Misapplication\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame overloading can lead to structural failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect frame depth can create unsafe pallet overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproper anchoring can reduce stability under load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect beam spacing can reduce usable capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing incompatible beams can create unsafe connections.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom and Expansion Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdditional depths are available for non-standard pallet sizes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher-capacity frames are available for heavier storage requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelded frame bracing is available for specialized applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom configurations are available based on project requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRequest a System Layout and Quote\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor an accurate recommendation, provide pallet dimensions, pallet weight, required pallet positions, ceiling height, forklift type, forklift lift height, and facility location for seismic review.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\" \/ Green \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314091950170,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24\" \/ Green \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314091982938,"sku":"F24096314IGRNI","price":184.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ Green \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092015706,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24\" \/ White \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092048474,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24\" \/ White \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092081242,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"24\" \/ White \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092114010,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ Green \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092146778,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ Green \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092179546,"sku":"F36096314IGRNI","price":188.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ Green \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092212314,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ White \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092245082,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ White \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092277850,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ White \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092310618,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ Green \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092343386,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ Green \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092376154,"sku":"F42096314IGRNI","price":197.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" \/ Green \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092408922,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ White \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092441690,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ White \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092474458,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ White \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092507226,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"44\" \/ Green \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092539994,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"44\" \/ Green \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092572762,"sku":"F44096314IGRNI","price":201.09,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\" \/ Green \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092605530,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"44\" \/ White \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092638298,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"44\" \/ White \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092671066,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"44\" \/ White \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092703834,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ Green \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092736602,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ Green \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092769370,"sku":"F48096314IGRNI","price":207.46,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ Green \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092802138,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ White \/ 3\" x 4\"","offer_id":43314092834906,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ White \/ 4\" x 6\"","offer_id":43314092867674,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ White \/ 5\" x 8\"","offer_id":43314092900442,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_1.png?v=1778021086"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-96-height-upright-frames-10-000-lbs-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack 96\" Height Upright Frames -10,000 lbs Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"15r8skl\" data-start=\"319\" data-end=\"391\"\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003ePallet Rack Upright Frame for Selective Warehouse Storage Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 96\" pallet rack upright frame is designed for standard selective pallet racking systems operating within moderate load ranges. It provides structural support for beam levels and is intended for facilities using conventional pallet storage with consistent load profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame is not designed for high-density systems or heavy industrial loads exceeding 10,000 lb per bay. Use higher-capacity frames for those applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Depth Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e42\" depth – standard for 48\" pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" depth – full pallet support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded in All Configurations:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e96\" upright frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolted cross bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\" x 4\" welded base plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhite finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop punch columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Frame Is Used For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upright frame is the vertical load-bearing component in a pallet racking system. It connects with beams to create storage levels and transfers load to the concrete slab.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUse this frame when:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need direct access to every pallet in a selective racking layout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour warehouse uses standard 48\" deep pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour load requirements fall within moderate capacity ranges\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are building or expanding a general-purpose warehouse storage system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen This Is the Wrong System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use this frame if:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour system exceeds 10,000 lb per bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou require high-density storage such as push-back, drive-in, or pallet flow rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are storing very heavy industrial materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou are planning an automation-ready or high-bay system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYour loads are highly variable or exceed standard pallet profiles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing this frame in these conditions can create structural limitations, unsafe load behavior, or system failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDepth Selection\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e42\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard choice for 48\" pallets. This depth allows controlled pallet overhang and is commonly used in selective pallet rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e48\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides fuller pallet support and reduces overhang, but requires more floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect depth selection can reduce load stability, create unsafe pallet positioning, and affect forklift handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeight Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 96\" frame height must be evaluated against ceiling height, sprinkler clearance requirements, and forklift lift height.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFailure to validate these constraints can result in non-compliant installation or inaccessible upper beam levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Load Behavior\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRated Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 10,000 lb per bay\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis rating assumes 48\" beam spacing and a uniformly distributed static load. Actual capacity depends on beam spacing, number of beam levels, first beam height, load distribution, slab thickness, anchoring conditions, and seismic requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdding beam levels increases connection points and improves structural stability. Wide spacing between levels reduces system capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal system capacity should be verified for seismic requirements, permit applications, and site-specific configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSystem Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard teardrop beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with traditional teardrop connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with shaved-rivet new-style beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam levels adjust in 2\" vertical increments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConstruction \u0026amp; Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-strength 55,000 PSI steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\" x 3\" column profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop punch design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolted frame bracing for field-replaceable components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWelded base plate for floor anchoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeismic \u0026amp; Compliance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eR-Mark Certified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for projects requiring seismic calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for permit-submission workflows when properly engineered\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic zone affects anchoring requirements, capacity ratings, and final system configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFailure \u0026amp; Misuse Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system will fail or underperform if:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed beyond rated capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalled without proper anchoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePaired with incorrect beam spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalled on inadequate slab thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed in seismic zones without engineering validation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFreight \u0026amp; Project Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips via LTL freight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold as individual upright frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchors and installation hardware are not included unless specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal system design should be validated before purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 lb per bay based on 48\" beam spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHole Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop, 2\" vertical spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 4\" welded base plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted cross bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard teardrop pallet rack beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRMI \/ R-Mark Certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43319514071130,"sku":"F42096315IWHTI","price":168.22,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43319514103898,"sku":"F48096315IWHTI","price":176.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_15ac0921-1ed2-4ca0-96a7-a5efcf1a8758.png?v=1778028254"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-upright-frame-120-height-14-000-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Upright Frame – 120\" Height, 14,000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"155zr64\" data-start=\"829\" data-end=\"896\"\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e120\" Pallet Rack Upright Frame Specifications and System Fit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 120\" pallet rack upright frame is designed for selective pallet racking systems requiring up to 14,000 lbs per bay capacity under standard configurations. It uses an industry-standard teardrop connection system for compatibility with most standard teardrop beams and rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from 55,000 PSI high-strength steel, this frame supports standard warehouse storage applications where load clarity, beam spacing, and system compatibility matter. Beam connection points are spaced every 2\" vertically, allowing beam height adjustment based on pallet size, clearance requirements, and handling equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame is RMI (R-Mark) certified and manufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards. Final system performance depends on layout, beam spacing, anchoring, slab conditions, and facility requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF24120314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF36120314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF42120314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF44120314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eF48120314IGRNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeardrop connection system:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with most standard teardrop pallet rack beams, including legacy and shaved rivet designs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e14,000 lb capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Rated per bay under standard configuration assumptions, including 48\" beam spacing and uniformly distributed static loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e120\" upright height:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for low-to-mid height selective pallet rack layouts where ceiling height or forklift reach is limited.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" vertical adjustability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows beam placement to match pallet height, clearance needs, and SKU profile changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55,000 PSI steel construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for industrial warehouse storage environments with consistent load requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolted cross bracing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Allows damaged bracing components to be replaced without replacing the full upright frame.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMI (R-Mark) certified:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Depth Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\", 36\", 42\", 44\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs per bay under standard configuration assumptions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Adjustability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted cross bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" x 6\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRMI \/ R-Mark certified\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse for selective pallet racking systems requiring a 120\" upright height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when the required load falls within a standard 14,000 lb per bay configuration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse when matching or expanding an existing teardrop pallet rack system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse where ceiling height, sprinkler clearance, or forklift reach limits taller upright frames.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for drive-in, push-back, pallet flow, or other high-density rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use when loads exceed 14,000 lbs per bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with non-teardrop or proprietary beam connection systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use when beam spacing, pallet weights, slab thickness, or anchoring requirements are unknown.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity and Engineering Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame capacity depends on the full rack configuration, not the upright frame alone. Beam spacing, number of beam levels, first beam elevation, load distribution, anchoring method, concrete slab thickness, and seismic zone can all change usable capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eListed capacities are based on standard assumptions, including 48\" beam spacing and uniformly distributed static loads. Final capacity must be verified against the actual layout and facility conditions before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth selection:\u003c\/strong\u003e 42\" depth is commonly used for standard 48\" deep pallets because it provides typical pallet support and overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight limitations:\u003c\/strong\u003e Confirm ceiling height, sprinkler clearance, and forklift reach before selecting final beam elevations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSystem compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e This frame is intended for selective teardrop pallet racking systems only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\"","offer_id":43320300404826,"sku":"F24120314IGRNI","price":228.36,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43320300437594,"sku":"F36120314IGRNI","price":232.01,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43320300470362,"sku":"F42120314IGRNI","price":245.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43320300503130,"sku":"F44120314IGRNI","price":249.98,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43320300535898,"sku":"F48120314IGRNI","price":258.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_1_ded19f46-e14d-4cc0-8ec0-f26ba7e7be3f.png?v=1778028702"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-upright-frames-144-inch-14000-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Upright Frames – 144\" Height, 14,000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"mpeqa2\" data-start=\"336\" data-end=\"413\"\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e144\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Upright Frames: System Overview \u0026amp; Use Case\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 144\" pallet rack upright frames are designed for standard selective pallet racking systems using industry-standard teardrop beam connections. This configuration is suited for warehouses handling consistent pallet sizes and requiring direct access to every load position.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use this frame for high-density storage systems or applications exceeding 14,000 lbs per bay. For higher loads or engineered layouts, a different frame specification is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat This Frame Does\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpright frames are the vertical structural backbone of a pallet racking system. They support beam levels, transfer load to the floor, and define the overall storage height and depth of the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame uses a teardrop connection pattern, allowing beams to attach without bolts and adjust vertically in 2\" increments. This enables fast installation and easier reconfiguration without modifying the frame.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding standard selective pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequiring direct access to every pallet position\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStoring standard 48\" deep pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigning within 14,000 lbs per bay capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing standard teardrop pallet rack beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Frame\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for drive-in, push-back, or pallet flow systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for loads exceeding 14,000 lbs per bay without engineering verification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with structural or proprietary beam systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for seismic-permitted layouts without site-specific validation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use if your pallet size requires a non-standard frame depth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFrame Depth Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\", 36\", 42\", 44\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14,000 lbs per bay, based on 48\" beam spacing and uniformly distributed static load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI high-strength steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop, 2\" vertical beam adjustability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBracing Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted frame bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\" x 8\" welded footplate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen powder-coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCertification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eR-Mark Certified, Rack Manufacturers Institute compliant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eConfiguration Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eChoosing the Correct Depth\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard choice for 48\" deep pallets with proper overhang support.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used when additional pallet support or reduced overhang is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e24\" and 36\" depths:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used for non-standard pallet sizes or specialized storage applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect depth selection can result in pallet instability, reduced load support, and unsafe beam loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame capacity is not fixed across all layouts. Actual capacity depends on beam spacing, number of beam levels, height of the first beam level, pallet weight distribution, slab strength, and anchoring method.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReducing beam spacing typically increases connection points and structural stability, but capacity must be verified for the full rack configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Tradeoffs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAccessibility vs. density:\u003c\/strong\u003e Selective racking prioritizes pallet access over storage density.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexibility vs. specialization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Teardrop systems are easy to reconfigure but are not optimized for automation or high-density storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation speed vs. engineering control:\u003c\/strong\u003e Boltless beam installation supports faster setup but does not replace engineered system validation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFailure and Misuse Scenarios\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing this frame in high-density systems creates structural mismatch and unsafe loading conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceeding rated capacity without validation can cause frame deformation or failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncorrect anchoring or weak concrete slabs can invalidate load ratings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing the wrong frame depth for pallet size can create unstable load positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing incompatible beam types can result in connection failure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSeismic and Compliance Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame is RMI-compliant and suitable for applications that may require seismic review. Seismic zones may require different anchoring methods, reduced load ratings, stamped engineering drawings, or site-specific calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngineering Disclaimer\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoad capacities are based on 48\" beam spacing and uniformly distributed static loads. Actual system performance must be verified based on the full layout configuration, slab thickness, anchoring method, local code requirements, and seismic conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRequired Information Before Ordering\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet dimensions: length, width, and height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum pallet weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of beam levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling height and clear height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift type and lift height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlab thickness, if known\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacility location for seismic review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncomplete information can result in incorrect system selection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\"","offer_id":43320416370778,"sku":"F24144314IGRNI","price":275.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43320416403546,"sku":"F36144314IGRNI","price":280.89,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43320416436314,"sku":"F42144314IGRNI","price":267.96,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43320416469082,"sku":"F44144314IGRNI","price":272.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43320416501850,"sku":"F48144314IGRNI","price":272.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_3_bb48b125-91b5-4c32-919a-410d4ccf1297.png?v=1778035633"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-upright-frames-144-height-10-000-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Upright Frames – 144\" Height – 10,000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"176r5v3\" data-start=\"427\" data-end=\"497\"\u003e\u003cspan role=\"text\"\u003e144\" Pallet Rack Upright Frames – System Overview \u0026amp; Application\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 144\" pallet rack upright frames are designed for standard warehouse pallet storage where moderate load capacity and compatibility with teardrop racking systems are required. This configuration supports typical 48\" pallet applications in distribution, manufacturing, and light-to-moderate storage environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis frame is limited to a \u003cstrong\u003e10,000 lb capacity per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e and is intended for operations prioritizing flexibility and compatibility over high-density or heavy-load performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eNote:\u003c\/span\u003e Do not use this frame in high-load, high-density, or seismic-critical applications without engineering validation.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTeardrop Beam Compatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Works with most standard teardrop beams, including traditional and shaved rivet styles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e2\" Vertical Beam Adjustability:\u003c\/strong\u003e Beam levels adjust in 2-inch increments to support changing pallet heights and SKU profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBolted Frame Bracing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Individual bracing components can be replaced if damaged, reducing long-term maintenance cost.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e55,000 PSI High-Strength Steel:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for standard pallet storage applications with consistent load distribution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRMI \/ R-Mark Certified Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Manufactured in accordance with Rack Manufacturers Institute standards.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Selection: Depth\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42\" Depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Recommended for standard 48\" deep pallets. This depth provides proper front and rear overhang support for stable pallet positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48\" Depth:  \u003c\/strong\u003eUsed when additional pallet support is required or when handling non-standard pallet sizes or deeper loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Structural Constraints\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRated capacity is \u003cstrong\u003e10,000 lb per bay\u003c\/strong\u003e. This rating is based on 48\" vertical beam spacing and uniformly distributed static loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacity is affected by:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirst beam elevation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of beam levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet weight distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor slab thickness\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring method\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeismic zone requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen This Frame Is the Right Choice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet storage using 40\" x 48\" pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-to-moderate load applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses using existing teardrop systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperations requiring flexible beam adjustability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities prioritizing compatibility over maximum storage density\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhen Not to Use This Frame\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoads approach or exceed 10,000 lb per bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-density systems such as push-back, drive-in, or pallet flow rack are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty base plates or reinforced columns are required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe facility is in a seismic zone without engineered approval\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe system is intended for automation or high-throughput storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" or 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10,000 lb per bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Adjustment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWhite\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCertification\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRMI \/ R-Mark\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCritical Planning Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore purchasing, confirm:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling height and sprinkler clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift maximum lift height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet dimensions and weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor slab thickness and anchoring requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocal seismic code requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFailure to account for these constraints can result in reduced load capacity, unsafe installations, code violations, and system redesign costs\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43320449826906,"sku":"F42144315IWHTI","price":226.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43320449859674,"sku":"F48144315IWHTI","price":231.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_10_f8571cdb-e132-448e-84d9-c626d9e9a469.png?v=1778035696"},{"product_id":"192-pallet-rack-upright-frames-18-000-lb-capacity","title":"192\" Pallet Rack Upright Frames – 18,000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e192\" Pallet Rack Upright Frames – 18,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 192\" pallet rack upright frames are designed for high-bay selective racking systems where vertical storage and load capacity must be maximized without reducing layout flexibility. Built from 55,000 PSI structural steel, each frame supports up to 18,000 lbs per bay under standard configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe industry-standard teardrop connection system is compatible with most standard teardrop pallet rack beams, making these upright frames suitable for new installations, rack expansions, and replacement projects.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses with 16 ft+ clear height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL and distribution center storage layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExisting teardrop rack system expansions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProjects requiring RMI-compliant pallet rack components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for drive-in, push-back, or pallet flow racking systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not assume 18,000 lb capacity without layout-specific validation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where slab conditions cannot support required anchoring.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvoid in facilities where forklift reach or sprinkler clearance is insufficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustry-standard teardrop upright design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 18,000 lb capacity per bay\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\" x 3\" structural columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" vertical beam adjustability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolted frame bracing for serviceability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with most standard teardrop beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRMI \/ R-Mark certified manufacturing standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStructural Specifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeight\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\", 42\", 44\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 18,000 lbs per bay*\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSteel Strength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e55,000 PSI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\" x 3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHole Spacing\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" vertical increments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Plate\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\" x 8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity and Load Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFrame capacity is not fixed. It changes based on beam spacing, first beam height, number of beam levels, floor slab thickness, anchoring method, and seismic requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWider beam spacing reduces frame capacity. Additional beam levels generally improve frame stability by adding more connection points.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDepth Selection Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e42\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard choice for most 48\" deep pallets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e48\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides fuller pallet support with less overhang.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e36\" or 44\" depth:\u003c\/strong\u003e Used for specific pallet sizes, layout constraints, or clearance requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect frame depth can create unsafe pallet overhang, reduced load stability, and forklift handling issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eHeight and Clearance Requirements\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA 192\" upright frame requires adequate ceiling height, sprinkler clearance, and forklift lift capacity. Failure to verify these conditions can result in unusable upper beam levels or non-compliant storage layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeismic and Compliance Considerations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic zone, slab thickness, and anchoring requirements can change the allowable capacity of the rack system. These frames are manufactured to RMI standards and are suitable for engineered layouts requiring stamped calculations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSystem Integration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese upright frames are compatible with most standard teardrop pallet rack beams. They are not compatible with non-teardrop or proprietary rack systems unless verified before purchase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-cta\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequest a Quote for Your Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide your pallet size, load weight, ceiling height, and layout requirements. A warehouse equipment specialist can validate your configuration before quoting.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43320511889498,"sku":"F36192313IGRNI","price":339.51,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43320511922266,"sku":"F42192313IGRNI","price":356.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43320511955034,"sku":"F44192313IGRNI","price":362.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43320511987802,"sku":"F48192313IGRNI","price":377.21,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/96PalletRackingUprightFrames_14_000lbCapacity_1_7ffb9ec4-9eab-4f59-b1d9-bcaa0592ab25.png?v=1778036080"},{"product_id":"46-width-solid-steel-pallet-rack-decking","title":"46\" Width Solid Steel Pallet Rack Decking","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid Steel Pallet Rack Decking for Heavy-Duty Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e46\" width solid steel pallet rack decking is designed for pallet rack applications that require a continuous steel storage surface instead of wire mesh decking. It is commonly used in warehouses, manufacturing facilities, parts storage areas, and industrial environments handling heavy or irregular loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eConstructed from 14-gauge steel with underside reinforcing channels, each deck sits directly on standard pallet rack step beams to create a rigid shelf surface for palletized or hand-stacked inventory. The continuous steel surface helps prevent smaller items from falling through open mesh decking and provides more consistent load support for uneven product bases.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis decking style is best suited for operations prioritizing load support, debris containment, or solid shelf surfaces. It is not the correct choice for facilities requiring maximum sprinkler penetration or unrestricted airflow through rack levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-gauge solid steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinuous steel shelf surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReinforced underside support channels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard pallet rack step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for heavy pallet and industrial storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports small cartons and irregular-bottom products better than open wire mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated gray finish for improved surface durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple depth and capacity configurations available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Variants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSD-2446-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSD-3646-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,000 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSD-4246-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSSD-4846-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSolid Steel Pallet Rack Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e14-gauge steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-coated gray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\", 36\", 42\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500–3,000 lbs.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMounting Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSits on pallet rack step beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eContinuous solid steel surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eReinforcement\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUnderside support channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Rack Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pallet rack systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial warehouse storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeam Compatibility Guide\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003e# of 46\" Decks\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFit Status\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOverhang \/ Gap\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNotes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e—\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck too wide\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom sizing required.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" total gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard fit.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse With Layout Review\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e13\" total overhang\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom width recommended.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\" total gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard setup.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse With Layout Review\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApprox. 5.3\" center gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom sizing recommended.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse With Layout Review\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28\" total overhang\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcessive unsupported span.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\" total gap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard multi-panel layout.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFit Legend\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRecommended:\u003c\/strong\u003e Standard fit for common pallet rack layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse With Layout Review:\u003c\/strong\u003e May create overhang, gaps, or product support concerns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNot Compatible:\u003c\/strong\u003e Deck width does not match the beam span.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid steel pallet rack decking is commonly used in industrial storage environments where a rigid, continuous shelf surface is required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial tool storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage areas handling irregular-bottom products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperations requiring solid shelf surfaces instead of mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Solid Steel Decking Is the Wrong Choice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid steel decking is not appropriate for every pallet rack application. Do not use solid steel decking where sprinkler penetration, airflow, or rack dead-load reduction is a primary requirement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where maximum sprinkler penetration is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where unrestricted airflow through rack levels is necessary.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where lighter-duty wire decking is sufficient.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where minimizing rack dead load is critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where local fire code requirements prohibit solid shelf surfaces without additional fire protection review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFacilities with fire suppression or code-sensitive layouts should verify compliance requirements before specifying solid steel rack decking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSolid Steel Decking vs. Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSolid steel decking provides a continuous load surface for products that do not sit evenly on wire mesh. It also reduces the risk of smaller cartons, loose items, or irregular containers falling through open decking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire mesh decking remains the better choice for applications prioritizing airflow, sprinkler visibility, or lighter overall rack loading. The correct decking style depends on product type, load characteristics, fire code requirements, airflow needs, and rack configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\" \/ 3000 LBS","offer_id":43323258241114,"sku":"SSD-2446-GRYI","price":217.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24\" \/ 2500 LBS","offer_id":43323258273882,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"36\" \/ 3000 LBS","offer_id":43323258306650,"sku":"SSD-3646-GRYI","price":324.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\" \/ 2500 LBS","offer_id":43323258339418,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ 3000 LBS","offer_id":43323258372186,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"42\" \/ 2500 LBS","offer_id":43323258404954,"sku":"SSD-4246-GRYI","price":363.68,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" \/ 3000 LBS","offer_id":43323258437722,"sku":null,"price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":false},{"title":"48\" \/ 2500 LBS","offer_id":43323258470490,"sku":"SSD-4846-GRYI","price":416.33,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/46WidthSolidSteelPalletRackDecking.png?v=1778107456"},{"product_id":"24-x-24-punched-steel-deck-3-500-lb-capacity","title":"24\" x 24\" Punched Steel Deck – 3,500 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Decking for Pallet Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFlat, snag-free galvanized steel decking engineered for pallet rack systems requiring airflow, fire-code compliance, corrosion resistance, and secure small-item storage. ProDeck50 punched decking provides a stronger and cleaner alternative to traditional wire mesh decking while maintaining 50% open area for NFPA 13 sprinkler applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for warehouses, manufacturing facilities, cold storage environments, retail inventory storage, and hand-stacked applications, punched steel decking helps reduce product damage, prevent small parts from falling through, and improve long-term durability in demanding industrial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Warehouses Use Punched Steel Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Snag-Free Surface:\u003c\/strong\u003e Provides a smooth surface that reduces snagging during hand-stacking and minimizes damage to cartons, bags, labels, and packaged inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall-Part Retention:\u003c\/strong\u003e The patented punched pattern helps prevent smaller products, components, and loose inventory from falling through the deck surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion Resistance:\u003c\/strong\u003e Hot-dip galvanized steel resists corrosion, moisture exposure, and long-term warehouse wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e The 50% open-area punched pattern supports sprinkler water penetration for fire protection applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Warehouse Operation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Punched decking does not trap dust and debris the same way wire mesh surfaces do.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeam Label Visibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e The flush-fit profile keeps beam faces visible for warehouse labels, barcode systems, and location identification.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy industrial manufacturing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical and plumbing supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage and freezer environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail inventory shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked warehouse inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and carpet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archival storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers and fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use Punched Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed published uniformly distributed load capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use damaged or unsupported pallet rack beams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger deck spans reduce psf capacity and are not recommended for dense concentrated loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom high-capacity applications require engineered review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis product is designed for pallet rack step beams and may not fit non-standard beam profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Decking vs Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePunched Steel Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Mesh Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat snag-free surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wire surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Item Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrevents small items from falling through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall items may fall through mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand Stacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSafer and more stable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUneven support surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDebris collects between wires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized steel construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVaries by finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50% open area supports NFPA 13 applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire compliant depending on configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth finished appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial wire appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetter support for cartons and small items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced support for uneven loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSelecting the Right Punched Deck Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched deck sizes support higher pounds-per-square-foot ratings and are better suited for dense inventory, tools, industrial components, and heavy warehouse applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger deck sizes provide greater coverage area but lower psf ratings, making them more appropriate for lighter products, retail inventory, or applications prioritizing airflow and visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Size Range\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy It Works\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" × 24\" to 24\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHighest load ratings for dense inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Warehouse Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" × 24\" to 36\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced strength and coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Storage \u0026amp; Food Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" × 24\" to 42\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow and drainage support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetail \u0026amp; Display Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" × 24\" to 48\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmooth appearance and lighter-duty coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched steel pallet rack decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBrand\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProDeck50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot-dip galvanized steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eConstruction\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-gauge punched steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat snag-free surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen Area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 compatible design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly distributed load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pallet rack step beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized corrosion-resistant finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehousing, manufacturing, cold storage, retail inventory, and fulfillment operations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStandard ProDeck50 Capacities\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24\" × 24\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e3500 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2175 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1675 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Capacities shown are based on standard 20-gauge ProDeck50 configurations under uniformly distributed loads. Custom engineered configurations are available for higher-capacity applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Selecting the Correct Deck Configuration?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide your beam dimensions, pallet sizes, load weights, and application requirements to receive a properly matched punched decking recommendation for your rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43323569471578,"sku":"PSD-2424-GRYI","price":48.75,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity.png?v=1778107664"},{"product_id":"24-x-30-punched-steel-deck-4375-lb-capacity","title":"24\" x 30\" Punched Steel Deck – 4375 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Punched Steel Decking for Pallet Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e24\" × 30\" ProDeck50 punched steel deck\u003c\/strong\u003e is engineered for pallet rack systems that require higher load capacity, airflow, drainage, and stable hand-stacked storage surfaces. Manufactured from galvanized 20-gauge steel with a flat punched surface, this deck panel supports up to \u003cstrong\u003e4375 lbs. (875 psf UDL)\u003c\/strong\u003e while maintaining 50% open surface area for NFPA 13 sprinkler compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike wire mesh decking, punched steel decking provides a rigid, snag-free surface that improves carton stability, reduces small-part fall-through, and simplifies cleaning in warehouse, manufacturing, retail, and cold-storage environments. The flat steel surface also reduces deformation under dense loads compared to traditional mesh decking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 24\" × 30\" size is one of the highest-capacity standard punched deck configurations and is commonly used in industrial storage systems handling dense inventory, heavy cartons, tools, automotive components, and pallet-supported materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched deck panels provide higher psf ratings and are better suited for heavy-duty applications. Larger panels increase surface coverage but reduce psf capacity and should only be used for lighter inventory loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports up to \u003cstrong\u003e4375 lbs. (875 psf UDL)\u003c\/strong\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat, snag-free surface for hand-stacked inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more rigid than standard wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50% open surface area supports NFPA 13 sprinkler compliance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePunched hole pattern helps prevent small parts from falling through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanized steel construction resists corrosion and moisture exposure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports airflow and drainage in cold-storage and freezer applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with pallet rack systems, boltless shelving, clip-style shelving, and wide-span shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to clean than wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for industrial, warehouse, retail, and distribution environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Name\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProDeck50 Punched Steel Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-Gauge Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf (UDL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Punched Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Surface Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack, Boltless Shelving, Clip-Style Shelving, Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Sizes \u0026amp; Capacities\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable style=\"width: 100.06%; height: 176.25px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e24\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e3500 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e24\" × 30\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e4375 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e36\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e2200 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e36\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e2750 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e42\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e1750 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e42\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e2175 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e48\" × 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e1350 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr style=\"height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 34.5045%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e48\" × 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd style=\"width: 62.5526%; height: 19.5833px;\"\u003e1675 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Deck vs Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePunched Steel Deck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Mesh Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat, rigid steel surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised mesh surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand Stacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStable for cartons and loose inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess stable for small or uneven items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Parts Protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelps prevent fall-through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall parts may fall through mesh openings\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher rigidity under dense loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore prone to sagging under concentrated weight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasier to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust and debris collect between wires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinished industrial appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUtility-focused appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Industrial Storage:  \u003c\/strong\u003eBest suited for tools, industrial components, automotive inventory, dense pallet-supported storage, and heavy cartons.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWarehouse Distribution Systems: \u003c\/strong\u003eUsed for carton storage, hand-stacked inventory, pallet rack shelving, and mixed-SKU warehouse storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Storage \u0026amp; Food Handling: \u003c\/strong\u003eSupports airflow, drainage, freezer storage environments, and refrigerated warehouse systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eRetail \u0026amp; Backroom Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for retail stockrooms, display storage, customer-facing inventory systems, and organized hand-loaded shelving.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Usage Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniformly distributed load (UDL) ratings only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated point loads reduce actual deck performance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal system capacity depends on beam capacity, rack configuration, and installation conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger punched deck panels provide lower psf capacity ratings and should not be used for dense inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify compatibility with existing rack beam dimensions before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom reinforced punched deck configurations are available for application-specific load requirements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTire storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and carpet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlumbing inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse distribution systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked small parts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreezer and cold-storage facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archive storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Selecting the Correct Deck Size?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide your rack dimensions, beam spacing, pallet weights, and inventory type for a punched decking recommendation matched to your storage system and load requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43324097757274,"sku":"PSD-2430-GRYI","price":61.42,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_2124b872-17e6-4ad6-ad6d-759654480709.png?v=1778114682"},{"product_id":"36-x-24-punched-steel-deck-2200-lb-capacity","title":"36\" x 24\" Punched Steel Deck 2200 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Perforated Steel Decking for Pallet Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 36\" x 24\" Punched Steel Deck provides a flat, perforated steel storage surface for pallet rack systems where airflow, fire-code compliance, drainage, and hand-stacked inventory support are required. With a 2200 lb uniform distributed load capacity and 50% open surface area, this decking is commonly used in warehouse storage, carton storage, cold storage, small-parts handling, and inventory environments where wire mesh decking creates stability or containment issues.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike wire mesh decking, punched steel decking creates a snag-free surface that improves support for cartons, bins, and hand-stacked inventory while helping prevent small parts from falling through open wire gaps. The galvanized steel construction also improves corrosion resistance and simplifies cleaning in dusty or moisture-sensitive environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis deck is designed for pallet rack beam-supported applications and can also be used in compatible boltless, clip-style, and wide-span shelving systems. The perforated open-surface design supports airflow and sprinkler penetration requirements commonly associated with NFPA 13-compliant rack layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003eNote: \u003c\/span\u003eDo not use punched steel decking for concentrated point loads, unsupported spans, forklift impact zones, or applications exceeding published uniform load capacities without engineering review.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis punched steel decking is commonly used in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard warehouse pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked carton storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-part inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution center shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage and freezer applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical and plumbing supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archival storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is best suited for facilities requiring airflow, drainage, fire-code-conscious storage layouts, improved small-item retention, smooth hand-stacking surfaces, and corrosion-resistant steel shelving surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use Punched Steel Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePunched steel decking is not appropriate for every rack environment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for concentrated point loads unless specifically engineered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use on unsupported rack spans outside manufacturer specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for high-impact forklift contact zones.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for seismic applications requiring engineered certification without project review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed published uniform distributed load capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use as a substitute for structural rack bracing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger punched deck sizes provide wider surface coverage but lower pounds-per-square-foot load ratings. Dense or heavy inventory should use smaller deck sizes with higher structural capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat, snag-free steel surface for hand-stacked inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger load support than standard wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50% open surface area for airflow and sprinkler penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent small items from falling through the deck surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant galvanized steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with pallet rack beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used with boltless, clip-style, and wide-span shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to clean than wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces dust and debris accumulation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports up to 250 lbs per square foot uniform distributed load depending on deck size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 lbs Uniform Distributed Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated \/ Open Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Openness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50% Open Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoltless, Clip-Style, and Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehouse Storage \/ Hand-Stacking \/ Cold Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports NFPA 13 Open Surface Requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Deck Capacity Reference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e36\" x 24\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2200 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e367 psf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2175 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1675 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Deck vs Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePunched Steel Deck\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Mesh Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat steel surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wire mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-Stacking Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStable, snag-free surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMesh may snag cartons or shift small items\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Item Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetter containment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall parts may fall through mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasier to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collects between wires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports NFPA 13 requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports NFPA 13 requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClean finished appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rigidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher surface rigidity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMay flex under dense loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Use by Application Type\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Deck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\" to 24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHighest load ratings for dense inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Warehouse Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\" to 36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced load strength and surface coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Storage \u0026amp; Food Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\" to 42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow and drainage support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetail \u0026amp; Display Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\" to 48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWider coverage with lighter-duty support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTalk With a Warehouse Storage Specialist\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRequest guidance on deck sizing, pallet rack compatibility, load requirements, and airflow considerations before finalizing your punched steel decking configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43324131147866,"sku":"PSD-3624-GRYI","price":73.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_4_3cb096bb-2861-4a17-ae51-e81d82c872d3.png?v=1778113767"},{"product_id":"36-x-30-punched-steel-deck-2750-lb-capacity","title":"36\" x 30\" Punched Steel Deck 2750 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2\u003e36\" Punched Steel Decking for Pallet Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePunched steel decking for pallet rack systems that need airflow, sprinkler compatibility, and a flat, stable storage surface. Ideal for cartons, bins, and mixed inventory. The 50% open design supports sprinkler flow, airflow, and reduced dust. Stronger and more stable than wire mesh, helping prevent items from falling through. Made from galvanized steel for durability and corrosion resistance. Fits standard pallet rack beams and compatible shelving systems. Not for heavy point loads.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Snag-Free Surface: \u003c\/strong\u003eProvides a stable surface for cartons, bins, and hand-stacked inventory without the uneven contact points common with wire mesh decking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall-Part Retention: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe punched steel pattern helps prevent loose inventory, small cartons, and parts from falling through the deck surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSprinkler-Compatible Open Area: \u003c\/strong\u003eApproximately 50% open surface area supports sprinkler water penetration and airflow for warehouse fire protection systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCorrosion-Resistant Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eHot-dip galvanized steel construction resists rust, moisture exposure, and long-term warehouse wear.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Rack Levels: \u003c\/strong\u003eFlat steel surfaces reduce dust and debris buildup compared to wire mesh configurations and simplify routine cleaning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger Than Standard Wire Mesh: \u003c\/strong\u003eEngineered steel decking design supports uniform distributed loads while maintaining a rigid storage surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed-SKU warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarton and bin storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParts and component storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail backroom inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution center rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archive storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood-adjacent dry storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated point loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported heavy machinery storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel coil or dense tooling storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged pallet environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications exceeding published uniform load ratings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage requiring solid containment surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported impact-loading applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger punched deck spans provide greater coverage area but lower pounds-per-square-foot load performance compared to smaller deck configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Pallet Rack Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" D x 30\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSD-3630-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs Uniform Distributed Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHot-Dip Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Punched Steel Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Step Beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdditional Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoltless Shelving, Clip-Style Shelving, Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports NFPA 13 Sprinkler Water Flow Requirements\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnag-Free Flat Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelps Prevent Small Parts From Falling Through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity Guidance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched deck sizes provide higher pounds-per-square-foot performance and are better suited for dense inventory storage. The 36\" x 30\" configuration provides a balance between coverage area and structural capacity for standard warehouse storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor heavier storage requirements or specialized loading conditions, custom-engineered punched decking configurations may be required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis punched steel decking is designed to sit on pallet rack step beams. Verify beam dimensions, rack compatibility, and load requirements before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal rack system design, engineering validation, and load approval should be reviewed by qualified warehouse storage professionals or engineers familiar with the application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFreight \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships via freight carrier due to size and industrial handling requirements. Inspect all decking for freight damage before carrier acceptance and verify quantities upon delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43324214870106,"sku":"PSD-3630-GRYI","price":73.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_6b738bc1-28f0-4fcf-9f21-e00fb1e0aab4.png?v=1778122062"},{"product_id":"42-x-24-punched-steel-deck-1750-lb-capacity","title":"42\" x 24\" Punched Steel Deck 1750 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"ozgly3\" data-start=\"105\" data-end=\"174\"\u003e42\" x 24\" Punched Steel Deck for Pallet Rack \u0026amp; Industrial Shelving\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 42\" x 24\" punched steel deck provides a flat, high-visibility storage surface for pallet rack and industrial shelving systems requiring airflow, drainage, and small-item retention. Designed for uniformly distributed loads up to 1750 lbs. (250 psf), this deck configuration is commonly used in cold storage facilities, food handling operations, retail inventory systems, and hand-stacked carton storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike wire mesh decking, punched steel decking creates a continuous snag-free steel surface that improves product stability while preventing smaller inventory from falling through rack levels. The perforated steel design maintains approximately 50% open area to support airflow, drainage, and NFPA 13 sprinkler compliance requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis punched steel deck is commonly used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood and beverage warehousing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail backroom inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical and pharmaceutical inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked carton storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archive shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution center shelving systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial shelving with airflow requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\" depth configuration prioritizes airflow and surface coverage over maximum load density. It is not intended for extremely dense industrial loads, concentrated tooling storage, or high-impact loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Punched Steel Decking Over Wire Mesh\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFlat Snag-Free Surface\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePunched steel decking creates a continuous steel surface that improves hand-stacking safety and reduces carton instability during loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSmall Item Retention\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe perforated steel pattern helps prevent cartons, loose inventory, and small parts from falling through the rack level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImproved Cleanliness\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike wire mesh decking, punched steel decking reduces dust buildup between welded wire intersections and provides a smoother surface for cleaning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAirflow \u0026amp; Drainage Support\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open perforation pattern supports airflow, sprinkler penetration, drainage, and freezer airflow circulation in temperature-controlled environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCorrosion Resistance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eGalvanized steel construction helps resist moisture exposure and corrosion in warehouse and cold storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFeatures\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat snag-free steel storage surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50% open perforated design for airflow and drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports NFPA 13 sprinkler compliance requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more stable than standard wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with pallet rack beams and industrial shelving systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for boltless shelving, clip-style shelving, and wide-span shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent small items from falling through rack levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant galvanized steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces dust accumulation compared to wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for warehouse, freezer, retail, and industrial storage environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Series\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProDeck50®\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" D x 24\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-Gauge Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Surface Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack \u0026amp; Industrial Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Code Support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible Open Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand-Stacked \u0026amp; Palletized Inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Application Limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis punched steel deck is designed for uniformly distributed loads (UDL) only. Concentrated point loads, unsupported spans, damaged rack beams, or impact loading from material handling equipment will reduce safe performance and may cause deck failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\" x 24\" configuration provides lower psf capacity than smaller punched deck sizes and should not be used for dense tooling, metal components, machinery parts, or other high-weight concentrated loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal load suitability should always be verified against:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack beam spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperational environment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocal code requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications by Deck Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Deck Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWhy\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\" to 24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHighest load capacity for dense inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Warehouse Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\" to 36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBalanced strength and storage coverage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Storage \u0026amp; Food Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\" to 42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupports airflow, drainage, and freezer circulation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetail \u0026amp; Display Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\" to 48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarger visual coverage for lighter inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRelated Punched Steel Deck Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24\" x 24\" – 3500 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24\" x 30\" – 4375 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36\" x 24\" – 2200 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36\" x 30\" – 2750 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e42\" x 30\" – 2175 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" x 24\" – 1350 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" x 30\" – 1675 lb Capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Matching Decking to Your Rack System?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeak with a warehouse equipment specialist to verify deck sizing, beam compatibility, load requirements, and application fit before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43324218769498,"sku":"PSD-4224-GRYI","price":83.85,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_e0880464-485d-4933-85c0-756d4fef13a6.png?v=1778122093"},{"product_id":"42-x-30-punched-steel-wire-deck-2175-lb-capacity","title":"42\" x 30\" Punched Steel Wire Deck – 2175 lb Capacity","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Wire Decking for Warehouse Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\" x 30\" Punched Steel Wire Deck is designed for pallet rack systems that require airflow, drainage, small-item retention, and a safer hand-stacking surface than standard wire mesh decking. With a 2175 lb uniformly distributed load capacity and 50% open surface area, this punched steel deck supports warehouse operations that need NFPA 13-compatible rack decking without sacrificing surface stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike traditional wire mesh decking, the flat punched steel surface reduces snagging, prevents smaller products from falling through the deck, and improves usability for hand-loaded inventory, cartons, bins, and packaged goods. The perforated design allows airflow and drainage for cold storage, freezer environments, food handling operations, and facilities where dust or moisture accumulation is a concern.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage and freezer warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood and beverage distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical and plumbing supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked inventory systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail backroom shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archival storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-parts warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use this punched steel deck for point-loaded applications, unsupported spans outside manufacturer specifications, or storage systems exceeding the stated uniformly distributed load rating. This decking is not intended to replace engineered rack supports or structural shelf platforms in high-impact forklift environments without proper rack design review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFacilities storing extremely dense loads should use smaller deck sizes with higher psf ratings instead of larger deck panels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Punched Steel Decking Instead of Wire Mesh Decking?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlat Hand-Stacking Surface: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe snag-free punched steel surface provides better carton stability and safer hand-loading than traditional wire mesh decking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSmall Item Retention: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe punched hole pattern helps prevent smaller products, loose cartons, and parts from falling through the deck surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAirflow and Drainage: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe 50% open surface area supports sprinkler penetration, airflow circulation, freezer performance, and moisture drainage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCleaner Rack Surface: \u003c\/strong\u003eUnlike wire mesh decking, punched steel decking reduces dust accumulation between wires and is easier to clean in regulated environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStronger Surface Performance: \u003c\/strong\u003eSmaller punched deck sizes support extremely high load ratings, making them suitable for dense industrial inventory and heavy-duty warehouse storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Wire Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePSD-4230-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-Gauge Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2175 lbs Uniformly Distributed Load (UDL)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Punched Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eOpen Surface Area\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCorrosion Resistant\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHand-Stack Compatible\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAdditional Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoltless, Clip-Style, and Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Sizes \u0026amp; Capacities\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSize\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePSF Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e42\" x 30\"\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e2175 lbs\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e\u003cstrong\u003e250 psf\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1675 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Correct Punched Deck Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched steel decks support higher load capacities and are better suited for dense industrial storage. Larger deck panels provide wider shelf coverage and improved visual presentation but carry lower psf ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eApplication\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRecommended Deck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\" to 24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Warehouse Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\" to 36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold Storage \u0026amp; Food Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\" to 42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRetail \u0026amp; Display Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\" to 48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis punched steel decking is designed to sit directly on pallet rack beams and can also be used with compatible boltless shelving, clip-style shelving, and wide-span shelving systems. Final compatibility depends on beam dimensions, rack design, load distribution, and shelf span requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eFreight \u0026amp; Delivery Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product ships via freight due to size and steel construction. Inspect all shipments upon delivery and report visible freight damage before carrier acceptance. Installation and final load approval should be reviewed by qualified warehouse personnel or engineers familiar with the rack system application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequest a Quote\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help selecting the correct punched steel decking size or load rating for your pallet rack system? Speak with a warehouse equipment specialist to review rack dimensions, product weights, storage method, and application requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43331010560090,"sku":"PSD-4230-GRYI","price":104.32,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_5_afe42fff-bbb0-444c-ae9e-56ea922d8bc1.png?v=1778186656"},{"product_id":"48-x-24-punched-steel-wire-deck-1350-lb-capacity","title":"48\" x 24\" Punched Steel Wire Deck – 1350 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFlat Steel Rack Decking for Airflow, Small-Part Retention, and Hand-Stacked Inventory\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 48\" x 24\" punched steel wire deck is designed for pallet rack systems that require airflow, drainage, and a smoother storage surface than traditional wire mesh decking. The perforated steel surface helps prevent cartons, small inventory, and loose items from falling through open wire mesh while maintaining approximately 50% open area for sprinkler penetration and airflow requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis deck size is commonly used for retail inventory storage, archive systems, carton storage, cold storage shelving, and light-to-medium duty warehouse applications where wider coverage and clean presentation are prioritized over maximum pounds-per-square-foot loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Use 48\" x 24\" Punched Steel Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked cartons and packaged inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail and display-oriented warehouse shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eArchive and records storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage and freezer applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse shelving requiring airflow and drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications where wire mesh openings create product instability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use this 48\" x 24\" punched deck for concentrated heavy loads, machinery components, steel parts, dense industrial inventory, or point-loaded applications. Larger deck sizes provide wider shelf coverage but lower pounds-per-square-foot capacity than smaller punched deck configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor high-density industrial storage, smaller deck sizes with higher PSF ratings are typically more appropriate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat steel surface reduces snagging during hand-stacking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerforated holes help prevent small items from falling through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApproximately 50% open surface area supports airflow and sprinkler penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more rigid than standard wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with pallet rack beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used with boltless, clip-style, and wide-span shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant galvanized steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to clean than traditional wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports up to 1350 lbs. evenly distributed load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20-gauge steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Rack Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" D x 24\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Thickness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePerforated \/ Punched Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Surface Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApproximately 50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrop-In Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Racking, Boltless Shelving, Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Capacity Table\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePSF Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3500 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e875 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e367 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2175 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e250 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1675 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Decking vs Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePunched Steel Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Mesh Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat steel surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen wire mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHand Stacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReduced snagging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCan snag cartons and packaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Parts Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrevents small items from falling through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall items may fall between wires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleanliness\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasier to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTraps dust and debris\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaner finished appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched deck configurations provide significantly higher pounds-per-square-foot capacity than larger deck sizes. Larger deck panels prioritize coverage area, airflow, visibility, and cleaner presentation rather than maximum density loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eVerify pallet dimensions, beam spacing, shelf clearances, and actual load distribution before selecting decking capacity. Final system suitability should be reviewed against actual warehouse loading conditions and rack configuration requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail stockroom shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomotive parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture and carpet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlumbing and maintenance inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archive systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked carton storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Selecting the Correct Decking?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help selecting the correct punched decking size and load rating for your rack system? Speak with a warehouse equipment specialist before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43332332453978,"sku":"PSD-4824-GRYI","price":96.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_9eb79bc9-2c18-41e7-b1f4-36091d46d801.png?v=1778186922"},{"product_id":"48-x-24-punched-steel-wire-deck-1350-lb-capacity-1","title":"48\" x 24\" Punched Steel Wire Deck – 1350 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"upxyaj\" data-start=\"488\" data-end=\"552\"\u003ePunched Steel Rack Decking for Airflow and Small-Item Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 48\" x 24\" punched steel wire deck is designed for pallet rack systems requiring airflow, drainage, small-item retention, and a flat hand-stacking surface. With a 1350 lb uniform distributed load capacity and 50% open surface area, this decking configuration is commonly used in retail storage, records storage, cold storage, medical inventory, and light-to-medium warehouse applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike traditional wire mesh decking, punched steel decking provides a smooth, snag-free surface that improves carton stability and helps prevent small products, parts, or packaging from falling through the deck surface. The galvanized steel construction resists corrosion and simplifies cleaning in environments where dust buildup, moisture, or airflow requirements matter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Choose Punched Steel Decking Instead of Wire Mesh?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional wire mesh decking performs well for standard pallet support, but punched steel decking is often selected when product stability, small-item retention, cleanliness, or hand-stacking performance are more important than maximum open spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail inventory shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-stacked carton storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage and freezer applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical supply storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecords and archival storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight industrial warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-part storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoltless shelving systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide-span shelving systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" wide x 24\" deep punched steel rack decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1350 lb uniform distributed load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat snag-free storage surface\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50% open surface area\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports airflow and drainage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps meet NFPA 13 sprinkler requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanized steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosion-resistant finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps prevent small item fall-through\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStronger and more rigid surface than standard wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with pallet rack beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be used with boltless and wide-span shelving\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasier to clean than traditional wire mesh decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePunched Steel Rack Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDepth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Rating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e168 psf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20-Gauge Galvanized Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat Punched Surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOpen Surface Area\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e50%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanized\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFire Compliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNFPA 13 Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnag-Free Flat Deck\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack, Boltless Shelving, Wide-Span Shelving\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam-Supported\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Storage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight-to-Medium Duty Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Deck Capacity Reference\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAll standard punched steel decking shown below is manufactured from 20-gauge steel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeck Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3500 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4375 lbs (875 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2200 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2750 lbs (367 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1750 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2175 lbs (250 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 24\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1350 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" x 30\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1675 lbs (168 psf)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller punched deck sizes provide higher pounds-per-square-foot capacity ratings and are generally recommended for dense industrial inventory, tooling, and heavy-duty warehouse storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePunched Steel Decking vs Wire Mesh Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFeature\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePunched Steel Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Mesh Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSurface Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlat snag-free surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRaised wire mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall Item Retention\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHelps prevent fall-through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSmall items may fall through\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCarton Stability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMore stable for hand stacking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLess stable surface\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEasier to clean\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDust collects between wires\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAirflow\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExcellent\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAppearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCleaner finished appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial appearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBest Fit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCartons, bins, retail, freezer storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pallet support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSelecting the Right Punched Deck Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePunched steel decking selection should be based on both coverage area and load density requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSmaller deck configurations provide higher structural load ratings and are generally used for dense inventory, industrial components, tooling, automotive parts, and heavy warehouse applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLarger deck configurations provide wider coverage but lower pounds-per-square-foot ratings and are typically selected for hand-stacked inventory, retail shelving, freezer storage, medical inventory, records storage, and visually exposed shelving systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRequest a Decking Quote\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help matching punched steel decking to your pallet rack system, beam spacing, inventory weight, or freezer storage requirements?\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk to a warehouse equipment specialist before selecting rack decking capacity or deck size.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43332484464730,"sku":"PSD-4830-GRYI","price":120.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/24x24PunchedSteelDeck_3_500lbCapacity_4_bdffdcc0-3bac-4726-8709-e30059132baa.png?v=1778187007"},{"product_id":"46-width-standard-pallet-rack-wire-decking-for-8ft-12ft-beams","title":"46\" Width Standard Pallet Rack Wire Decking For 8ft \u0026 12ft Beams","description":"\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none [--shadow-height:45px] has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none has-data-writing-block:-mt-(--shadow-height) has-data-writing-block:pt-(--shadow-height) [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto [content-visibility:auto] supports-[content-visibility:auto]:[contain-intrinsic-size:auto_100lvh] R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\" data-turn-id=\"request-WEB:102cef1c-a0f1-4d64-86d1-12228194a572-56\" data-testid=\"conversation-turn-24\" data-scroll-anchor=\"false\" data-turn=\"assistant\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-message-author-role=\"assistant\" data-message-id=\"53e21aad-8345-4fe7-ae87-897396c167e3\" dir=\"auto\" data-message-model-slug=\"gpt-5-5\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" data-turn-start-message=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"58\"\u003e46\" Standard Wire Decking for Standard 8ft \u0026amp; 12ft Pallet Rack Beams\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e46\" wide pallet rack wire decking provides a stable storage surface for pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory on standard pallet rack systems using 8ft and 12ft beams. This waterfall-style wire mesh decking is designed for standard 1 5\/8\" step beams and installs directly onto the beam without additional hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open wire design improves visibility, fire sprinkler penetration, and storage flexibility compared to wood decking or open beam levels. These decks are commonly used in distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, 3PL warehouses, and ecommerce fulfillment operations where mixed SKU storage and safer pallet support are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for standard 8ft and 12ft pallet rack beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e46\" overall width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterfall-style deck rests securely over beam face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard 1 5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" x 4\" wire mesh grid pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable gray powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 gauge wire construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 U-channel supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-in installation with no fasteners required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports pallets, cartons, bins, and non-palletized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce product fall-through compared to open beam levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Wire Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDeck Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterfall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible Beam Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8ft \u0026amp; 12ft\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible Beam Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWire Grid Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eWire Gauge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSupport Channels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 U-Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrop-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 lbs Uniform Distributed Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003e60\" Deep Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 lbs Uniform Distributed Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Depth Variants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-3646SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4246SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4446SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4846SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2500 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-6046SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2000 lbs UDL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeam Compatibility \u0026amp; Deck Quantity Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e46\" wide wire decking is used with standard pallet rack systems configured with 8ft beams or 12ft beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"col\"\u003eRequired Decks Per Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8ft Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 x 46\" decks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12ft Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 x 46\" decks\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect deck quantities create unsupported storage gaps and uneven pallet support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse carton storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed SKU inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouse operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution center pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBin and tote storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not To Use This Wire Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use on box beams unless beam compatibility has been verified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed published uniform distributed load capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not mix damaged or bent decks into active rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use 46\" decks on 9ft or 10ft beam systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 60\" deep option carries a reduced 2000 lb capacity and should not be loaded to standard 2500 lb levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWire Decking vs Wood Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire decking provides more consistent pallet support and safety performance than loose wood decking alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFire Safety\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open wire grid allows sprinkler penetration and airflow through rack levels. Many facilities and fire jurisdictions prefer or require wire decking instead of wood surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLoad Consistency\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire decks include published manufacturer load capacities. Wood decking does not provide standardized load ratings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eReduced Deck Movement\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe waterfall edge design helps prevent deck shifting during pallet loading and unloading operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRequest a Quote\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help matching wire decking to your pallet rack system? Contact KG Warehouse Equipment with your beam length, frame depth, pallet size, and load requirements for compatibility verification and quantity recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43332704174170,"sku":"WMD-3646SM-GRYI","price":31.99,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43332704206938,"sku":"WMD-4246SM-GRYI","price":36.1,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43332704239706,"sku":"WMD-4446SM-GRYI","price":42.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43332704272474,"sku":"WMD-4846SM-GRYI","price":47.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60\"","offer_id":43332704305242,"sku":"WMD-6046SM-GRYI","price":82.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackWireDecking_8.png?v=1778201053"},{"product_id":"46-width-flanged-pallet-rack-wire-decking-for-8ft-12ft-beams","title":"46\" Width Flanged Pallet Rack Wire Decking for 8ft \u0026 12ft Beams","description":"\u003ch2 data-end=\"386\" data-start=\"67\"\u003e46\" Wire Mesh Decking for Standard Pallet Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"386\" data-start=\"67\"\u003e46\" width pallet rack wire decking designed for standard pallet rack systems using 8ft and 12ft step beams. This wire mesh decking provides a stable storage surface for pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory while improving fire safety, visibility, and load support consistency across pallet rack levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-end=\"738\" data-start=\"388\"\u003eThe waterfall edge design rests securely over standard 1-5\/8\" step beams to reduce deck movement during pallet loading and unloading operations. Commonly used in distribution centers, ecommerce fulfillment operations, manufacturing facilities, and 3PL warehouses requiring durable pallet rack storage surfaces with manufacturer-rated load capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"833\" data-start=\"818\" data-section-id=\"1ma7m6t\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-end=\"1398\" data-start=\"835\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"896\" data-start=\"835\" data-section-id=\"nq5h0t\"\u003eDesigned for standard 8ft and 12ft pallet rack beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"961\" data-start=\"897\" data-section-id=\"1cecsdu\"\u003eSupports pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1023\" data-start=\"962\" data-section-id=\"t64apq\"\u003eWaterfall edge design helps reduce accidental deck shifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1068\" data-start=\"1024\" data-section-id=\"1m5q3hd\"\u003eCompatible with standard 1-5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1149\" data-start=\"1069\" data-section-id=\"maub09\"\u003e2\" x 4\" wire mesh grid improves sprinkler penetration and inventory visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1210\" data-start=\"1150\" data-section-id=\"1x6dhph\"\u003eDurable gray powder coat finish for warehouse environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1270\" data-start=\"1211\" data-section-id=\"1iws58v\"\u003eThree U-channel supports for reinforced load distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1324\" data-start=\"1271\" data-section-id=\"b2g9wp\"\u003eDrop-in installation with no field cutting required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-end=\"1398\" data-start=\"1325\" data-section-id=\"a9cnll\"\u003eManufacturer-rated load capacities for safer warehouse storage planning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"1422\" data-start=\"1405\" data-section-id=\"1a3ueyz\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\" data-end=\"2049\" data-start=\"1424\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-end=\"1451\" data-start=\"1424\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1451\" data-start=\"1424\"\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1440\" data-start=\"1424\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth class=\"\" data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1451\" data-start=\"1440\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-end=\"2049\" data-start=\"1462\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1505\" data-start=\"1462\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1477\" data-start=\"1462\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1505\" data-start=\"1477\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003ePallet Rack Wire Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1526\" data-start=\"1506\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1519\" data-start=\"1506\"\u003eDeck Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1526\" data-start=\"1519\"\u003e46\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1573\" data-start=\"1527\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1553\" data-start=\"1527\"\u003eCompatible Beam Lengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1573\" data-start=\"1553\"\u003e8ft \u0026amp; 12ft Beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1627\" data-start=\"1574\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1597\" data-start=\"1574\"\u003eCompatible Beam Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1627\" data-start=\"1597\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eStandard 1-5\/8\" Step Beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1675\" data-start=\"1628\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1649\" data-start=\"1628\"\u003eDeck Style Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1675\" data-start=\"1649\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eFlanged \/ Step Channel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1727\" data-start=\"1676\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1695\" data-start=\"1676\"\u003eAvailable Depths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1727\" data-start=\"1695\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e24\", 42\",\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1759\" data-start=\"1728\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1748\" data-start=\"1728\"\u003eWire Grid Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1759\" data-start=\"1748\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1784\" data-start=\"1760\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1773\" data-start=\"1760\"\u003eWire Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1784\" data-start=\"1773\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e6 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1820\" data-start=\"1785\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1804\" data-start=\"1785\"\u003eSupport Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1820\" data-start=\"1804\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e3 U-Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1850\" data-start=\"1821\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1830\" data-start=\"1821\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1850\" data-start=\"1830\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eGray Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1908\" data-start=\"1851\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1871\" data-start=\"1851\"\u003eStandard Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"1908\" data-start=\"1871\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2500 lbs Uniform Distributed Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"1998\" data-start=\"1967\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1987\" data-start=\"1967\"\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"1998\" data-start=\"1987\"\u003eDrop-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-end=\"2049\" data-start=\"1999\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-col-size=\"sm\" data-end=\"2013\" data-start=\"1999\"\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-end=\"2049\" data-start=\"2013\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSelective Pallet Racking Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1hacika\" data-start=\"3141\" data-end=\"3172\"\u003eWire Decking vs Wood Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3174\" data-end=\"3310\"\u003eWire decking provides better warehouse safety, fire compatibility, and load consistency than plywood or loose wood decking alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3312\" data-end=\"3332\"\u003eUnlike wood decking:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"3333\" data-end=\"3643\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1lljegf\" data-start=\"3333\" data-end=\"3378\"\u003eOpen wire mesh allows sprinkler penetration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"18k4ocw\" data-start=\"3379\" data-end=\"3433\"\u003eWaterfall edges help prevent shifting during loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"144lo9i\" data-start=\"3434\" data-end=\"3481\"\u003eManufacturer load ratings are clearly defined\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1bubdsx\" data-start=\"3482\" data-end=\"3523\"\u003eOpen grid improves inventory visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1c3ka5e\" data-start=\"3524\" data-end=\"3570\"\u003eNo cutting or custom fabrication is required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"6u00ub\" data-start=\"3571\" data-end=\"3643\"\u003eWire mesh reduces the risk of loose boards falling through rack levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3645\" data-end=\"3774\"\u003eWood decking should not be substituted where manufacturer-rated pallet rack storage systems or fire code compliance are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"303g7\" data-start=\"3781\" data-end=\"3805\"\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"3807\" data-end=\"3850\"\u003eThis wire mesh decking is commonly used in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"3852\" data-end=\"4061\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"9b7u0n\" data-start=\"3852\" data-end=\"3886\"\u003eSelective pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1b6765t\" data-start=\"3887\" data-end=\"3903\"\u003e3PL warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1xlu0ui\" data-start=\"3904\" data-end=\"3935\"\u003eEcommerce fulfillment centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"l7d1qt\" data-start=\"3936\" data-end=\"3965\"\u003eManufacturing storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"7g2rje\" data-start=\"3966\" data-end=\"3988\"\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"pqfvg3\" data-start=\"3989\" data-end=\"4026\"\u003eCarton and bin storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"vdc1va\" data-start=\"4027\" data-end=\"4061\"\u003eMixed-SKU warehouse environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4063\" data-end=\"4196\"\u003eThe open mesh design supports facilities requiring improved sprinkler performance and better inventory visibility across rack levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"3ha3ef\" data-start=\"4203\" data-end=\"4219\"\u003eDo Not Use If\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"4221\" data-end=\"4583\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"j7k4do\" data-start=\"4221\" data-end=\"4300\"\u003eYour pallet rack uses structural channel beams instead of standard step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1132j8o\" data-start=\"4301\" data-end=\"4352\"\u003eThe rack depth does not match the wire deck depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"o2yxxd\" data-start=\"4353\" data-end=\"4417\"\u003ePoint loading exceeds manufacturer-rated uniform load capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"18dmnpo\" data-start=\"4418\" data-end=\"4488\"\u003eThe application requires a solid decking surface for loose materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"5ds0eu\" data-start=\"4489\" data-end=\"4583\"\u003eThe system requires engineered seismic review beyond standard warehouse storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"xmcgm9\" data-start=\"4590\" data-end=\"4623\"\u003eRequest a Compatibility Review\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"4625\" data-end=\"4790\"\u003eProvide your beam length, rack depth, pallet dimensions, and estimated load weight to confirm compatibility before ordering wire decking for your pallet rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\"","offer_id":43332818141274,"sku":"WMD-2446F-GRYI","price":38.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43332818174042,"sku":"WMD-4246F-GRYI","price":40.62,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackWireDecking_2_44a8eb78-7b8a-4626-b40c-f6259b0838d6.png?v=1778200344"},{"product_id":"52-wide-standard-pallet-rack-wire-decking-for-9-beams","title":"52\" Wide Standard Pallet Rack Wire Decking for 9' Beams","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"zarawt\" data-start=\"180\" data-end=\"233\"\u003eStandard 52\" Wire Decking for 9' Pallet Rack Beams\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e52\" wide standard pallet rack wire decking is designed for pallet rack systems using 108\" beam levels and standard 1-5\/8\" step beams. Waterfall wire decking creates a stable storage surface for pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory while improving rack safety and storage flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wire mesh decking uses a waterfall edge design that rests securely over the front and rear beam edges to reduce deck movement during pallet loading and unloading. The 2\" x 4\" wire grid allows better sprinkler water penetration than solid wood shelving surfaces and helps prevent inventory from falling between beam openings.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for warehouse, manufacturing, distribution, fulfillment, and 3PL storage environments, these wire decks install directly onto standard pallet rack beams without field modification or special mounting hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFor standard 9' pallet rack beam levels, two 52\" wire decks are required per beam level.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for standard 108\" pallet rack beam levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e52\" width configuration for 9' beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with standard 1-5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterfall edge design helps reduce shifting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports pallets, bins, cartons, and loose inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" x 4\" wire mesh grid pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 gauge steel wire construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree U-channel supports for additional rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGray powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturer-rated load support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved sprinkler water penetration compared to wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Waterfall Wire Decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e52\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108\" \/ 9' Beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Depths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\", 42\", 44\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Type Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 1-5\/8\" Step Beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWaterfall\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrid Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" x 4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Gauge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSupport Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 U-Channels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray Powder Coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel Wire Mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrop-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 lbs uniform distributed load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAvailable Variants\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDepth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" Deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-3652SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" Deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4252SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" Deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4452SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" Deep\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4852SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBeam Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eWhat Beam Size Uses 52\" Wire Decking?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e52\" wide wire decking is designed specifically for 108\" pallet rack beam levels, also referred to as standard 9' pallet rack beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use 52\" wire decks on:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e96\" beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e120\" beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-standard beam lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect deck width can create unsupported loads and unstable storage conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuantity Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eHow Many Wire Decks Are Needed Per Beam Level?\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard 9' pallet rack beam levels require two 52\" wire decks per beam level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eExample:\u003c\/strong\u003e one pair of 108\" beams requires two 52\" wire decks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing fewer decks creates unsupported storage gaps between beam spans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWire Decking vs Wood Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire mesh decking provides safer and more consistent pallet rack storage performance than wood decking alternatives.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eImproved Inventory Support\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 2\" x 4\" wire mesh pattern helps support cartons, bins, and smaller inventory that may not safely rest directly on pallet rack beams or open wood supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBetter Fire Safety Performance\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire decking allows sprinkler water penetration through rack levels. Solid wood surfaces can obstruct sprinkler coverage and may not meet warehouse fire safety requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eRated Load Capacity\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire decking includes manufacturer-rated load capacities. Field-cut wood decking does not provide verified load ratings or engineered load distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eReduced Shifting During Loading\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe waterfall edge design wraps over both beam edges to help reduce deck movement during pallet handling operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eLower Long-Term Maintenance\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood decking commonly shifts, cracks, warps, or requires field cutting. Wire decking installs directly onto pallet rack beams with minimal ongoing maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed-SKU warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarton and bin storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeck depth must match rack frame depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only with compatible step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify rack capacities before loading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad ratings assume uniform distributed loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed rated beam or rack capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecking does not replace engineered rack system requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeed Help Matching Wire Decking to Your Rack System?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide your beam length, rack depth, pallet dimensions, and load requirements to verify correct wire decking compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43332878237786,"sku":"WMD-3652SM-GRYI","price":50.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43332878270554,"sku":"WMD-4252SM-GRYI","price":43.66,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43332878303322,"sku":"WMD-4452SM-GRYI","price":47.56,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43332878336090,"sku":"WMD-4852SM-GRYI","price":49.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackWireDecking_64db3d14-83db-4336-95da-21b81c560043.png?v=1778208253"},{"product_id":"58-wide-standard-pallet-rack-wire-decking-for-10-beams","title":"58\" Wide Standard Pallet Rack Wire Decking for 10' Beams","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none [--shadow-height:45px] has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none has-data-writing-block:-mt-(--shadow-height) has-data-writing-block:pt-(--shadow-height) [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto [content-visibility:auto] supports-[content-visibility:auto]:[contain-intrinsic-size:auto_100lvh] R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\" data-turn-id=\"request-WEB:d01893a0-5f58-4bc8-9c88-a038da9a8bef-102\" data-testid=\"conversation-turn-24\" data-scroll-anchor=\"false\" data-turn=\"assistant\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-message-author-role=\"assistant\" data-message-id=\"4f9a2312-0886-488e-874b-28e6c2790e3d\" dir=\"auto\" data-message-model-slug=\"gpt-5-5\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" data-turn-start-message=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"53\"\u003e58\" Wire Decking for Standard 10 Ft Pallet Rack Beams\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e58\" wide standard pallet rack wire decking is designed for use with standard 10 ft pallet rack beam systems using 1-5\/8\" step beams. These waterfall-style wire decks create a stable storage surface for pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory while improving rack safety and load support across pallet rack levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis wire mesh decking uses a 2\" x 4\" grid pattern with welded steel construction and a durable gray powder coat finish for long-term warehouse use. The waterfall design helps reduce deck movement during loading and unloading compared to loose wood decking or unsupported shelf materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRack depth must match the pallet rack frame depth. This product is intended for uniformly distributed pallet rack loads only and should not be used for concentrated point-load applications or unsupported rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for standard 10 ft pallet rack beam systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e58\" overall deck width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWaterfall-style wire decking rests securely over front and rear beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2\" x 4\" wire mesh grid pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable gray powder coat finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 gauge welded wire construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree U-channel supports for standard 1-5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports pallets, cartons, bins, and mixed warehouse inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrop-in installation with no fasteners required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves fire sprinkler penetration compared to solid wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps reduce accidental shifting common with loose wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Rack Depth Variants\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelect the wire deck depth that matches your pallet rack frame depth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" Rack Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-3658SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" Rack Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4258SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e44\" Rack Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4458SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" Rack Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWMD-4858SM-GRYI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard waterfall wire mesh decking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDeck Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e58\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 10 ft pallet rack beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Beam Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 1-5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Depths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\", 42\", 44\", 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Pattern\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\" x 4\" grid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWire Gauge\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 ga.\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray powder coat\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSupport Channels\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eThree U-channel supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDrop-in waterfall style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Capacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,500 lb uniformly distributed load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet rack storage support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnvironment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor warehouse applications\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed-SKU pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarton and bin storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 58\" deck width is specifically configured for standard 10 ft pallet rack beam layouts requiring two decks per beam level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint-loaded applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or overloaded pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam profiles incompatible with standard 1-5\/8\" step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack depths that do not match the selected deck depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor corrosive environments unless additional finish protection is specified\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported shelving applications outside pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways verify rack compatibility, beam condition, and load requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuantity Guidance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard 10 ft pallet rack beam levels typically require \u003cstrong\u003etwo 58\" wide wire decks per beam level\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eExample: one complete 10 ft beam level requires two 58\" wire decks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWire Decking vs Wood Decking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWire mesh decking provides a more stable and safer pallet rack storage surface than loose wood boards or plywood inserts. The welded wire grid allows better sprinkler penetration, reduces accidental deck shifting, and provides manufacturer-rated load capacities for warehouse storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWood decking does not provide standardized load ratings and may shift or fail under repeated pallet loading if not properly supported.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeck depth must match rack frame depth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for standard pallet rack beam systems only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify beam length before ordering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVerify beam profile compatibility before purchase\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity ratings apply only to uniformly distributed loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack system condition impacts overall load performance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43332895113306,"sku":"WMD-3658SM-GRYI","price":53.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\"","offer_id":43332895146074,"sku":"WMD-4258SM-GRYI","price":60.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"44\"","offer_id":43332895178842,"sku":"WMD-4458SM-GRYI","price":49.52,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43332895211610,"sku":"WMD-4858SM-GRYI","price":59.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackWireDecking_1c0face3-244e-4aa1-be65-65114e98cdae.png?v=1778208553"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-3-face-height-5-560-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams – 3\" Face Height – 5,560 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"59\"\u003e3\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beams for Warehouse Storage Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 3\" pallet rack beams are designed for selective pallet racking systems that require compact beam profiles with high load support. Built with a teardrop-style connection and standard 1-5\/8\" step design, these beams support wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking commonly used in warehouse pallet storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with most teardrop and Interlake-style pallet rack uprights, these pallet rack cross beams install using a tool-free click-in connection for fast beam adjustment and system reconfiguration. Capacities are rated per pair under uniformly distributed static loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use these beams with structural bolt-together pallet rack systems or damaged uprights. Seismic applications require engineering review and rack configuration validation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3\" face height beam profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated up to 5,560 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1-5\/8\" step beam design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with wire decking and pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop-style tool-free beam connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with teardrop and Interlake-style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated orange finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty steel pallet rack beam construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for warehouse pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeams sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eAvailable Beam Sizes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFace Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity Per Pair\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,560 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBC03630SMIORNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,560 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBC04830SM6IORNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Connection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCapacity Rating\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,560 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLoad Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly distributed static load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStep Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1-5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Uprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop \/ Interlake-style uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Decking\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire decking, pallet supports, wood supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAssembly Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free click-in installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Material\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSold As\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatible Pallet Rack Systems\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are designed for teardrop pallet rack systems, Interlake-style pallet rack frames, selective pallet racking, and standard warehouse pallet storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible accessories include wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking supports.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Capacity Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are listed per pair, not per individual beam. Always calculate required beam capacity using the total weight stored across the full beam level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacities assume uniformly distributed pallet loads, properly installed uprights, undamaged rack components, and standard warehouse operating conditions. Non-uniform loading, impact loading, seismic conditions, or damaged rack systems reduce allowable capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeam Length Selection Guidance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam length selection depends on pallet dimensions, number of pallet positions per level, forklift clearance requirements, pallet overhang requirements, and aisle configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eShorter beam spans generally support higher capacities with reduced beam deflection.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Compatibility Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beams use a teardrop-style connector that installs directly into compatible upright frames without bolts or special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not assume compatibility with structural pallet racking, bolt-together rack systems, proprietary upright punch patterns, or damaged and modified uprights. Verify upright compatibility before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEngineering \u0026amp; Safety Notice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal pallet rack system suitability should be reviewed by a qualified rack professional. Seismic regions, high-density storage applications, impact zones, and non-standard loading conditions may require engineered review and modified rack configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed rated beam capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeed a Different Beam Size?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional beam lengths, beam heights, and capacity classes are available. Custom fabricated beam lengths may also be available for non-standard warehouse layouts and pallet configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact our warehouse racking specialists for configuration assistance and compatibility review.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43336515715162,"sku":"BC03630SMIORNI","price":53.17,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43336515747930,"sku":"BC04830SM6IORNI","price":76.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams.png?v=1778266036"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-72x3-3500-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 72\" Length x 3\" Face 3,500 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1rbbf20\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"62\"\u003e72\" Pallet Rack Beams for Teardrop Selective Pallet Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 72\" pallet rack beams are designed for selective pallet racking systems requiring medium-duty load support up to 3,500 lb per pair under evenly distributed static loads. Compatible with teardrop and Interlake New Style uprights, these beams feature a standard 1 5\/8\" step for wire decking, pallet supports, and other rack accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe boltless teardrop connection allows for fast installation and beam adjustment without tools or hardware. Powder-coated steel construction provides a durable industrial finish suitable for warehouse, distribution, manufacturing, and 3PL storage environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e72\" beam length with 3\" face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3,500 lb capacity per pair under evenly distributed static loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with teardrop and Interlake New Style pallet rack frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoltless click-in teardrop connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports wire decking and pallet support accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated industrial finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute (RMI) standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeams sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,500 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly Distributed Static Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop Boltless\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop \u0026amp; Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated Orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free Click-In Installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Manufacturers Institute (RMI)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOperational Fit\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are commonly used in selective pallet racking systems handling standard pallet storage in warehouse, fulfillment, distribution, and light manufacturing operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 72\" span is typically used where shorter beam lengths are required for tighter layouts, smaller pallet configurations, or lower-capacity rack sections. This beam size is not intended for high-density storage systems or heavy pallet loads requiring larger face sizes or higher-capacity structural beams.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eImportant Capacity \u0026amp; Safety Information\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair, not per individual beam. Two beams are required for each pallet rack level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCapacities apply only to evenly distributed static pallet loads. Point-loaded pallets, uneven loading, impact loading, or damaged rack components will reduce system performance and can create unsafe storage conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRack configurations installed in seismic zones or high-traffic forklift environments should be reviewed before installation. Final rack system design and load verification should be confirmed prior to use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNeed Help Confirming Beam Capacity?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvide your pallet dimensions, pallet weights, upright depth, and desired beam spacing for assistance reviewing rack compatibility and beam sizing requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43336743551066,"sku":"BC07230SM6IORNI","price":60.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_d7db6295-143b-4aad-9286-425219266969.png?v=1778280281"},{"product_id":"96-pallet-rack-beams-3-face-1-777-lb-capacity","title":"96\" Pallet Rack Beams 3\" Face 1,777 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2\u003e96\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beams for Warehouse Storage Systems\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 96-inch pallet rack beams are designed for teardrop-style pallet racking systems requiring medium-duty pallet support with tool-free adjustability. The 3-inch face profile and standard 1 5\/8-inch step design support wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking applications in warehouse, manufacturing, and distribution environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with standard teardrop pallet rack uprights and Interlake New Style frames, these beams install using a boltless teardrop connection system for fast beam repositioning and layout adjustments. The powder-coated steel finish provides added durability in high-traffic warehouse operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacity is rated at 1,777 lb per pair using uniformly distributed static loads. Two beams are required per pallet rack level. Beams are sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam configuration is intended for standard teardrop pallet rack systems and is not designed for structural pallet rack installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with teardrop pallet rack uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Interlake New Style frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free boltless teardrop connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnects to upright frames in pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse pallet storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackroom inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-to-medium duty pallet rack applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,777 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop and Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Sale Unit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 beams per level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are compatible with teardrop pallet rack frames, Interlake New Style uprights, standard wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use these beams with structural pallet rack systems, non-compatible upright punch styles, or custom engineered rack layouts without verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Load Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair using uniformly distributed static loads. Capacity requirements should be calculated using the heaviest pallet load planned for each beam level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo determine required beam capacity, identify the heaviest pallet weight, multiply it by the number of pallet positions per level, and select a beam pair with sufficient rated capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper beam selection can result in rack instability, beam deflection, or system failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe teardrop connector design allows fast boltless installation without tools. Beam heights can be adjusted using standard teardrop upright perforations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo beams are required for each pallet rack shelf level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSeismic \u0026amp; Engineering Notice\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacity depends on rack configuration, pallet distribution, upright spacing, and local code requirements. Facilities located in seismic regions should obtain a rack configuration review before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal rack design verification should be completed by a qualified rack professional or engineer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCustom Beam Availability\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom beam lengths are available for non-standard rack layouts and warehouse configurations. Contact our team for fabrication options and lead times.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Orange","offer_id":43336793751642,"sku":"BC09630SM6IORNI","price":66.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":43336793784410,"sku":"BC09630SM6IWHTI","price":66.35,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_d7db6295-143b-4aad-9286-425219266969.png?v=1778280281"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-96-x-5-6000-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 96\" x 5\" – 6000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"kpijh4\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"83\"\u003eHeavy-Duty 96\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beams for Standard Warehouse Storage Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 96\" pallet rack beams with a 5\" face height are designed for standard teardrop pallet rack systems requiring up to 6000 lb capacity per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. The 1 5\/8\" step design supports wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking applications commonly used in warehouse pallet storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese roll-formed steel step beams feature a durable powder-coated finish and tool-free teardrop connectors for fast installation and reconfiguration. Compatible with teardrop and Interlake New Style upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e96\" beam length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\" face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6000 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop-style tool-free connectors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with wire decking and pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for pallet rack shelving systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Teardrop and Interlake New Style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute (RMI) standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are commonly used in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetail backroom pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGeneral warehouse pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic pallet storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible with standard teardrop-style pallet rack systems using Interlake New Style or equivalent teardrop upright perforations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Capacity Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair under uniformly distributed static loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo beams are required for each pallet rack level. Load capacities change based on beam spacing, upright configuration, pallet overhang, and seismic requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed published load capacities without engineering review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-teardrop upright systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or mixed-brand uprights without compatibility verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoint-loaded applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeismic installations without engineering review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImpact-heavy environments requiring structural rack components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStandard load ratings do not apply automatically in seismic zones including California, Oregon, Washington, and other engineered jurisdictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFace Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6000 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll-Formed Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop \u0026amp; Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free Click-In Connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecking Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Decking, Pallet Supports, Wood Supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufactured to RMI Standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eCustom Beam Lengths Available\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a different beam length or capacity configuration? Custom pallet rack beam fabrication is available for non-standard layouts and warehouse storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact KG Warehouse Equipment to review compatibility, required capacities, and rack configuration requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43336903589978,"sku":"BC09650SM6IORNI","price":84.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_1_0c4bb0b6-0890-414e-8c76-6fbaa52798e1.png?v=1778287453"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-108-x-5-6500-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 108\" x 5\" – 6500 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1adechx\" data-start=\"32\" data-end=\"98\"\u003eHeavy-Duty 108\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beam for Selective Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 108\" pallet rack beams are designed for selective pallet racking systems that require high-capacity pallet support with standard teardrop compatibility. The 5.5\" beam face and 6,500 lb capacity per pair make them suitable for palletized warehouse inventory, distribution storage, manufacturing operations, and 3PL facilities handling medium-to-heavy pallet loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam features a standard 1 5\/8\" step design compatible with wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking systems. The teardrop connection allows for fast tool-free installation into compatible pallet rack uprights, including Teardrop and Interlake New Style frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThese beams are sold individually. Two beams are required per storage level.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL storage operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard palletized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium-to-heavy pallet loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-level warehouse racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use These Beams\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use these pallet rack beams in applications where the rack system, load profile, or upright compatibility has not been verified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with structural pallet rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with damaged, modified, or unknown uprights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for point-loaded applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use in seismic zones without engineering review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed published load capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with incompatible upright perforations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam capacity is based on uniformly distributed static loads under proper rack configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e108\" beam length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.5\" beam face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6,500 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with wire decking and pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop-style tool-free installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Teardrop and Interlake New Style frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll-formed steel beam construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e108\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,500 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop and Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll-Formed Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free Click-In Connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly Distributed Static Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are designed for use with standard teardrop pallet rack uprights and Interlake New Style frames. The teardrop connector design allows for fast adjustment and installation without bolts or specialized tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore ordering, verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright perforation compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam length requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired pallet positions per level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load requirements per beam level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity and Load Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are listed per pair, not per individual beam. Two beams are required to create one pallet rack shelf level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTo calculate required beam capacity:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetermine the weight of the heaviest pallet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiply by the number of pallet positions on the beam level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm the resulting total does not exceed the rated beam capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper beam sizing can result in rack damage, product loss, or system failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFinish and Durability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams feature a durable powder-coated finish designed for warehouse and industrial environments. The finish helps resist surface wear, corrosion, and operational damage in high-traffic storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngineering and Safety Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal rack system design should always consider pallet weight distribution, forklift type, impact risk, seismic requirements, rack height, upright capacities, and local code requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAdditional engineering review may be required for seismic regions including California, Oregon, Washington, and other regulated jurisdictions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom Beam Fabrication\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed a different beam length or configuration? Custom fabricated pallet rack beams are available for specialized layouts and warehouse applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eContact KG Warehouse Equipment for custom sizing and system compatibility assistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuote Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNot sure if this is the correct beam size for your pallet rack system? Our warehouse equipment specialists can help verify compatibility, pallet spacing, and required load capacity before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43336905588826,"sku":"BC10854SM5IORNI","price":107.43,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_1_90e40b65-1b1c-407e-afd9-41f3900dcfd9.png?v=1778287901"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-120-x-5-5800-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 120\" x 5\" – 5800 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"yaglzb\" data-start=\"32\" data-end=\"93\"\u003e120\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beam for 5,800 lb Storage Levels\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 120\" pallet rack beams feature a standard 1 5\/8\" step design and support up to 5,800 lb per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. Designed for teardrop and Interlake New Style pallet rack systems, they provide durable beam-level support for palletized warehouse storage in distribution, manufacturing, and 3PL environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe teardrop-style connector allows tool-free beam installation and adjustment without bolts, while the powder-coated steel finish improves durability in high-traffic warehouse operations. These step beams are compatible with standard wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTwo beams are required per storage level. Beams are sold individually.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e120\" beam length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5\" face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5,800 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with wire decking and pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop-style click-in connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Teardrop and Interlake New Style frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated steel finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5,800 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop \u0026amp; Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoad Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly Distributed Static Load\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are best suited for selective pallet rack systems and standard palletized warehouse storage where the beam span, upright style, and load requirements match the listed specifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard palletized warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouse operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium-duty pallet storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses using wire decking or pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use These Beams\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use these pallet rack beams where the rack system, load profile, or facility requirements fall outside the listed compatibility and capacity limits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for structural pallet rack systems requiring bolted structural beams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not install on damaged or non-compatible upright systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for point-loaded applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed the rated 5,800 lb capacity per beam pair.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use in seismic installations without engineering review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not install where beam span, pallet overhang, or rack configuration reduces safe capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Capacity Notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. Actual allowable capacity can be reduced by seismic requirements, pallet overhang, impact loading, rack configuration, or damaged components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAlways verify upright compatibility, beam condition, rack configuration, and local code requirements before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beams are designed for pallet rack systems using Teardrop uprights or Interlake New Style uprights. Compatibility with non-standard rack systems should be verified before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Teardrop uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Interlake New Style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports most standard wire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports standard pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports compatible wood decking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom Beam Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom pallet rack beam fabrication is available for warehouses requiring non-standard beam sizes, layouts, or load capacities. Contact our warehouse storage specialists for custom beam pricing and configuration support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eQuote Assistance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help matching beam capacity to your pallet loads or existing rack system? Speak with a warehouse storage specialist before ordering to verify compatibility, beam sizing, and load requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43336906211418,"sku":"BC12054SM5IORNI","price":116.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_1_79ba7c9f-8339-4e05-afa4-7ee30ffa1ea2.png?v=1778287994"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-144-x-4-1790-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 144\" x 4\" – 1790 lb Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"qMYqUG_convSearchResultHighlightRoot\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"relative w-full overflow-visible\"\u003e\n\u003csection class=\"text-token-text-primary w-full focus:outline-none [--shadow-height:45px] has-data-writing-block:pointer-events-none has-data-writing-block:-mt-(--shadow-height) has-data-writing-block:pt-(--shadow-height) [\u0026amp;:has([data-writing-block])\u0026gt;*]:pointer-events-auto [content-visibility:auto] supports-[content-visibility:auto]:[contain-intrinsic-size:auto_100lvh] R6Vx5W_threadScrollVars scroll-mb-[calc(var(--scroll-root-safe-area-inset-bottom,0px)+var(--thread-response-height))] scroll-mt-[calc(var(--header-height)+min(200px,max(70px,20svh)))]\" dir=\"auto\" data-turn-id=\"request-WEB:64cdd2dc-55d9-42b9-a549-8cadb4ec5ec4-9\" data-turn-id-container=\"request-WEB:64cdd2dc-55d9-42b9-a549-8cadb4ec5ec4-9\" data-testid=\"conversation-turn-20\" data-scroll-anchor=\"false\" data-turn=\"assistant\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"text-base my-auto mx-auto pb-10 [--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-xs,calc(var(--spacing)*4))] @w-sm\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-sm,calc(var(--spacing)*6))] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-margin:var(--thread-content-margin-lg,calc(var(--spacing)*16))] px-(--thread-content-margin)\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"[--thread-content-max-width:40rem] @w-lg\/main:[--thread-content-max-width:48rem] mx-auto max-w-(--thread-content-max-width) flex-1 group\/turn-messages focus-visible:outline-hidden relative flex w-full min-w-0 flex-col agent-turn\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex max-w-full flex-col gap-4 grow\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv data-message-author-role=\"assistant\" data-message-id=\"9ab113ec-1b73-4179-b9a9-d05bc4a011e1\" dir=\"auto\" data-message-model-slug=\"gpt-5-5-thinking\" class=\"min-h-8 text-message relative flex w-full flex-col items-end gap-2 text-start break-words whitespace-normal outline-none keyboard-focused:focus-ring [.text-message+\u0026amp;]:mt-1\" data-turn-start-message=\"true\" tabindex=\"0\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"flex w-full flex-col gap-1 empty:hidden\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"markdown prose dark:prose-invert wrap-break-word w-full dark markdown-new-styling\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-start=\"32\" data-end=\"99\"\u003e144\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beam for Light-Duty Selective Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"mt-3 w-full empty:hidden\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis 144\" x 4\" pallet rack beam is a roll-formed step beam designed for light-duty selective pallet racking applications requiring teardrop compatibility and wire decking support. The standard 1 5\/8\" step accommodates wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking systems commonly used in warehouse pallet storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack cross beams connect directly to teardrop and Interlake New Style upright frames using a tool-free click-in connection system. The powder-coated finish provides a durable surface suitable for warehouse storage environments, back stock storage, and lower-capacity pallet positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam size is intended for uniformly distributed static pallet loads only. Do not use this beam configuration for high-density storage systems, concentrated point loads, push-back rack systems, or heavy industrial pallet loads requiring higher beam capacities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with teardrop and Interlake New Style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free teardrop click-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated white finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll-formed steel beam construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for selective pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per shelf level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Step Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,790 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Step\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Frames\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop and Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated White\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll-Formed Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free Click-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDeck Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Decking, Pallet Supports, Wood Supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis pallet rack beam configuration is commonly used for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight-duty pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBack stock storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall warehouse pallet positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment backroom storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower-capacity inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse shelving with wire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are designed for use with teardrop pallet rack uprights, Interlake New Style frames, standard selective pallet racking systems, wire decking, pallet support bars, and wood decking applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe teardrop connection design allows for rapid beam installation and beam elevation adjustment without bolts or special tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Load Clarification\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. Since pallet rack systems require two beams per shelf level, capacity ratings apply to the combined beam pair, not to an individual beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLoad capacity is affected by beam length, beam face height, steel gauge, load distribution, rack configuration, and seismic requirements. Always verify pallet weights and rack configuration requirements before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Not Use This Beam If\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam configuration is not recommended for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy manufacturing pallet loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-density pallet storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-back pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet flow rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConcentrated point loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh seismic applications without engineering review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy forklift impact environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications exceeding rated beam capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsing undersized pallet rack beams can result in beam deflection, rack instability, or structural failure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngineering \u0026amp; Seismic Notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic requirements can significantly affect pallet rack beam capacity and rack configuration requirements. Warehouses located in seismic regions including California, Oregon, and Washington should complete a seismic review before system installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal pallet rack system design should always be reviewed for building conditions, forklift clearances, pallet dimensions, load distribution, seismic requirements, and local code compliance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom Beam Fabrication\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom beam lengths and configurations are available for specialized warehouse layouts and non-standard pallet rack systems. Contact our pallet racking specialists for fabrication options and project-specific recommendations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed pallet rack beams may also be available depending on inventory and regional availability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Confirming Compatibility?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNeed help confirming beam capacity, frame compatibility, or rack configuration requirements? Speak with a pallet racking specialist before ordering to verify system fit and load requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43352624562266,"sku":"BC14440SM6IWHTI","price":97.91,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/847f8ce9-a7cd-45a1-b75d-0d161a7903e3_62eb872e-bec8-4367-9850-5f12b17b6fd4.png?v=1778532497"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-144-x-5-5-4000-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 144\" x 5.5\" – 4000 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"10\" data-end=\"71\"\u003e144\" Teardrop Pallet Rack Beam for Selective Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePallet Rack Beams 144\" x 5.5\" – 4,000 lb Capacity\u003c\/strong\u003e are roll-formed steel step beams for selective pallet racking systems in warehouses, distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, and 3PL operations. These beams connect to teardrop and Interlake New Style uprights using a boltless click-in connection for fast installation and beam elevation adjustment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe standard 1 5\/8\" step design supports wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking configurations commonly used in pallet rack storage systems. Powder-coated steel construction provides a durable orange finish for high-traffic warehouse environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e144\" pallet rack beam length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5.5\" beam face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4,000 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with teardrop and Interlake New Style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBoltless click-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated orange finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll-formed steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to RMI standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeams sold individually\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo beams required per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5.5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeam Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStep Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop \u0026amp; Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoll-Formed Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDecking Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire Decking, Pallet Supports, Wood Supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBoltless Click-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompliance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Manufacturers Institute (RMI) Standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSold As\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack beams are commonly used in:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelective pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouse operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk pallet storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use these beams with incompatible upright perforations, damaged rack components, or unsupported beam spans.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCapacity \u0026amp; Configuration Notice\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. Capacity assumes properly installed compatible uprights, correct beam engagement, undamaged rack components, and appropriate rack configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic conditions, impact damage, improper installation, concentrated loads, or incompatible components reduce allowable rack capacity. Consult a qualified rack professional before modifying existing pallet rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Configuration Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beams feature a teardrop-style connector for tool-free installation into compatible upright frames. Beam elevations can be adjusted without bolted hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTwo beams are required for each pallet rack shelf level. Decking, uprights, pallet supports, anchors, and additional rack accessories are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom beam lengths may be available for specific warehouse layouts or non-standard pallet configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed Help Verifying Beam Capacity or Upright Compatibility?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk with a warehouse racking specialist before ordering. Incorrect beam sizing, incompatible uprights, or improper rack configuration can reduce system capacity and create safety risks.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43352676139098,"sku":"BC14454SM5IORNI","price":142.18,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_1_b63dea05-7b4f-4efa-bfe1-9c2133dd5665.png?v=1778532642"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-beams-144-x-6-25-6500-lb-capacity","title":"Pallet Rack Beams 144\" x 6.25\" – 6500 lb Capacity","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"110\" data-end=\"168\"\u003eHeavy-Duty 144\" Pallet Rack Beam for Teardrop Uprights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 144\" pallet rack beams are designed for teardrop pallet rack systems that require higher load capacity and compatibility with standard warehouse decking accessories. The 6.25\" beam face provides increased load support for palletized storage in distribution, manufacturing, and fulfillment environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach beam features a standard 1 5\/8\" step design compatible with wire decking, pallet supports, and wood decking. The teardrop connection allows tool-free installation into compatible teardrop and Interlake New Style upright frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis beam is rated at 6,500 lb capacity per pair under uniformly distributed static loads. Two beams are required per shelf level. Beams are sold individually.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e144\" beam length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6.25\" beam face height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6,500 lb capacity per pair\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 1 5\/8\" step beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop-style connector design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Interlake New Style uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated orange finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free click-in installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with wire decking and pallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eApplications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pallet rack cross beams are commonly used in warehouse pallet storage systems where long beam spans and higher load capacity are required.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk inventory storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 144\" length is commonly configured for three pallet positions depending on pallet dimensions and load distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beams are designed for compatible teardrop pallet rack systems and Interlake New Style frames.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTeardrop pallet rack uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterlake New Style frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard wire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWood decking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use these beams with structural pallet rack systems or non-teardrop upright punch styles unless compatibility has been verified.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePallet Rack Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBC14462SMI4ORNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam Face Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6.25\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCapacity\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6,500 lb per pair\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeam Step\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 5\/8\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eConnection Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eFinish\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eColor\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eInstallation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free click-in installation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eCompatible Uprights\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop and Interlake New Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eDecking Compatibility\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWire decking, pallet supports, and wood supports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eSales Unit\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndividual beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eBeams Required Per Level\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eLoad Assumption\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniformly distributed static loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth scope=\"row\"\u003eStandards\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufactured to Rack Manufacturers Institute standards\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Capacity \u0026amp; Usage Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam capacities are rated per pair, not per individual beam. Two beams are required to create one pallet rack shelf level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed the rated capacity under uneven or point-loaded conditions. Capacities shown apply only to uniformly distributed static pallet loads installed in properly configured rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use damaged, bent, or visibly deformed beams. Beam compatibility must be verified before installation into existing pallet rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSeismic requirements vary by facility location and rack configuration. Additional engineering review may be required for seismic regions or high-density storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese beams use a teardrop-style hook connection for boltless installation into compatible upright frames. Installation does not require tools when used with properly matched teardrop systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBeam locks, wire decking, pallet supports, anchors, and additional rack accessories are sold separately unless otherwise specified.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43352721981530,"sku":"BC14462SMI4ORNI","price":142.61,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackBeams_1_332d04f9-03a4-484e-ad9d-e9865f66e4d2.png?v=1778532942"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-starter-kit-42-depth-x-96-height","title":"Pallet Rack Starter Kit – 42\" Depth x 96\" Height","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"4kirhf\" data-start=\"429\" data-end=\"493\"\u003eWarehouse Pallet Rack Starter Kit for Standard Pallet Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"93\" data-end=\"427\"\u003eThis pallet rack starter kit is designed for warehouses that need a standardized pallet storage setup using one of the most common pallet rack depths in industrial storage environments. The 42\" depth configuration supports standard pallet overhang requirements commonly used in distribution, manufacturing, and fulfillment operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"429\" data-end=\"718\"\u003eEach starter kit includes frames, beams, wire decking, safety pins, frame anchors, and column protection components required for a functional starter bay setup. Buyers can select the beam length that best fits pallet count requirements, aisle layout constraints, and available floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"720\" data-end=\"964\"\u003eThis product is intended for standard palletized storage applications only. High-density systems, seismic-engineered layouts, drive-in storage, and non-standard pallet configurations require a custom pallet rack design instead of a starter kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"u0ybrq\" data-start=\"2407\" data-end=\"2421\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1n1lbwx\" data-start=\"2423\" data-end=\"2460\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Starter Bay Configuration: \u003c\/strong\u003eEach pallet rack starter kit includes the primary structural and safety components required for a functional selective pallet rack starter bay.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1kwut2k\" data-start=\"2607\" data-end=\"2633\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 42\" Rack Depth: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe 42\" depth configuration supports common pallet dimensions used in warehousing, distribution, manufacturing, and fulfillment operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1cpx9wi\" data-start=\"2776\" data-end=\"2798\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBeam Length Options: \u003c\/strong\u003eAvailable beam length configurations allow buyers to match pallet quantity requirements and warehouse layout constraints.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"82pupp\" data-start=\"2923\" data-end=\"2947\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Wire Decking: \u003c\/strong\u003eWire decking is included to support pallet stability and improve shelf-level coverage across beam spans.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"18u4rmn\" data-start=\"3055\" data-end=\"3082\"\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSafety Hardware Included: \u003c\/strong\u003eEach kit includes beam safety pins, frame anchors, and column guards to support safer pallet rack operation and frame protection.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1g3j9j6\" data-start=\"3220\" data-end=\"3241\"\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"3243\" data-end=\"3398\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1nwzrke\" data-start=\"3243\" data-end=\"3267\"\u003e(2) Pallet Rack Frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1do3yv2\" data-start=\"3268\" data-end=\"3291\"\u003e(4) Pallet Rack Beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1ou56z4\" data-start=\"3292\" data-end=\"3315\"\u003eWire Decking Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"sbv44q\" data-start=\"3316\" data-end=\"3348\"\u003eBeam Safety Drop Pins Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ph2a6f\" data-start=\"3349\" data-end=\"3373\"\u003eFrame Anchors Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1d1mwy8\" data-start=\"3374\" data-end=\"3398\"\u003eColumn Guards Included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1spgaq0\" data-start=\"3405\" data-end=\"3421\"\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"TyagGW_tableContainer\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"group TyagGW_tableWrapper flex flex-col-reverse w-fit\" tabindex=\"-1\"\u003e\n\u003ctable data-start=\"3423\" data-end=\"3913\" class=\"w-fit min-w-(--thread-content-width)\"\u003e\n\u003cthead data-start=\"3423\" data-end=\"3450\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3423\" data-end=\"3450\"\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"3423\" data-end=\"3439\" data-col-size=\"sm\" class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth data-start=\"3439\" data-end=\"3450\" data-col-size=\"sm\" class=\"last:pe-10\"\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody data-start=\"3461\" data-end=\"3913\"\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3461\" data-end=\"3513\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3461\" data-end=\"3476\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3476\" data-end=\"3513\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSelective Pallet Rack Starter Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3514\" data-end=\"3534\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3514\" data-end=\"3527\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eRack Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3527\" data-end=\"3534\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3535\" data-end=\"3559\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3535\" data-end=\"3552\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3552\" data-end=\"3559\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3560\" data-end=\"3595\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3560\" data-end=\"3582\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eBeam Length Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3582\" data-end=\"3595\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e96\", 144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3596\" data-end=\"3638\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3596\" data-end=\"3613\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eStorage Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3613\" data-end=\"3638\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003e2-Level Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3639\" data-end=\"3665\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3639\" data-end=\"3658\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDecking Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3658\" data-end=\"3665\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3666\" data-end=\"3692\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3666\" data-end=\"3685\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eAnchors Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3685\" data-end=\"3692\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3693\" data-end=\"3723\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3693\" data-end=\"3716\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eSafety Pins Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3716\" data-end=\"3723\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3724\" data-end=\"3756\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3724\" data-end=\"3749\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eColumn Guards Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3749\" data-end=\"3756\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3757\" data-end=\"3803\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3757\" data-end=\"3776\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eApplication Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3776\" data-end=\"3803\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eStandard Pallet Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3804\" data-end=\"3842\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3804\" data-end=\"3824\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3824\" data-end=\"3842\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eFloor Anchored\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr data-start=\"3843\" data-end=\"3913\"\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3843\" data-end=\"3869\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eWarehouse Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd data-start=\"3869\" data-end=\"3913\" data-col-size=\"sm\"\u003eDistribution, Manufacturing, Fulfillment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"720\" data-end=\"964\"\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1d2mhsk\" data-start=\"4070\" data-end=\"4093\"\u003eBest Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"4095\" data-end=\"4311\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"6qq6ru\" data-start=\"4095\" data-end=\"4120\"\u003eStandard pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"q9ag5w\" data-start=\"4121\" data-end=\"4155\"\u003eEcommerce fulfillment operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"sdlw0r\" data-start=\"4156\" data-end=\"4189\"\u003eManufacturing inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ju7dwk\" data-start=\"4190\" data-end=\"4224\"\u003eRegional distribution facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"47j5ls\" data-start=\"4225\" data-end=\"4253\"\u003eBackroom warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"19xcyrx\" data-start=\"4254\" data-end=\"4279\"\u003eOverflow pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1r7f87x\" data-start=\"4280\" data-end=\"4311\"\u003eSmall warehouse installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"hui7x\" data-start=\"4318\" data-end=\"4339\"\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"4341\" data-end=\"4619\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"z0jsf7\" data-start=\"4341\" data-end=\"4371\"\u003eDrive-in pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"4xo799\" data-start=\"4372\" data-end=\"4403\"\u003ePush-back pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1nxh8np\" data-start=\"4404\" data-end=\"4433\"\u003ePallet flow storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ej6est\" data-start=\"4434\" data-end=\"4463\"\u003eAutomated warehouse systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"jj61c3\" data-start=\"4464\" data-end=\"4499\"\u003eHigh-density storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"d4stwy\" data-start=\"4500\" data-end=\"4532\"\u003eNon-standard pallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"jzx3zd\" data-start=\"4533\" data-end=\"4576\"\u003eSeismic-engineered layouts without review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1g9mtaq\" data-start=\"4577\" data-end=\"4619\"\u003eVery high pallet throughput environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"96\"","offer_id":43352870158426,"sku":"KPR4209609650-2DRA","price":1160.14,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43352870191194,"sku":"KPR4209614454-2DRA","price":1392.69,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackStarterKit.png?v=1778611574"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-starter-kit-42-depth-x-120-height","title":"Pallet Rack Starter Kit – 42\" Depth x 120\" Height","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"95\" data-start=\"21\"\u003e42\" Deep Pallet Rack Starter Kit for Standard Warehouse Pallet Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pallet Rack Starter Kit – 42\" Depth x 120\" Height is a complete teardrop pallet racking solution designed for warehouses, fulfillment operations, distributors, and light manufacturing facilities that need immediate pallet storage capacity without designing a fully custom rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis starter kit uses a 42\" rack depth, which is the standard configuration for storing conventional 48\" deep pallets with proper pallet overhang and forklift accessibility. The 120\" frame height is suited for lower clear-height warehouse areas, backroom storage, small-to-mid-size fulfillment operations, and facilities prioritizing accessibility over maximum vertical density.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach starter kit includes upright frames, step beams, wire decking, anchors, safety pins, and column protection components required for initial rack deployment. Beam length variants allow buyers to configure pallet positions based on SKU profile, aisle strategy, and pallet count requirements while keeping a consistent frame structure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard palletized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGround-level and lower-elevation rack layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall warehouse buildouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion of existing teardrop pallet rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistributor overflow inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackroom pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Not Use This Starter Kit For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-density storage strategies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive-in or push-back applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy seismic environments without engineering review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities requiring custom load calculations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-standard pallet dimensions without compatibility verification\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor facilities with unusual pallet sizes, high pallet weights, automation requirements, or large-scale warehouse deployments, a custom pallet rack layout and engineered quoting process is recommended instead of standardized starter kits.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eComplete Starter Rack Package: \u003c\/strong\u003eIncludes the primary rack components required to begin building a pallet storage system without sourcing separate structural or safety accessories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStandard 42\" Rack Depth: \u003c\/strong\u003eDesigned around conventional 48\" pallet profiles commonly used in distribution, manufacturing, and fulfillment operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConfigurable Beam Length Options: \u003c\/strong\u003eAvailable beam-span variants allow operators to optimize pallet positions and aisle layouts based on warehouse footprint and SKU density.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncluded Wire Decking: \u003c\/strong\u003eWire decking is included to improve pallet support, load distribution, and inventory stability while supporting safer rack operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIntegrated Safety Hardware: \u003c\/strong\u003eIncludes drop pins and anchor hardware to support proper beam retention and rack anchoring during installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eColumn Protection Included: \u003c\/strong\u003eColumn guards are included to reduce impact exposure in forklift traffic areas and help minimize upright damage risk.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Length\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\" Beam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPR4212009650-2DRA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\" Beam Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKPR4212014454-2DRA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e96\" Beam Variant\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 upright frames – 42\" depth x 120\" height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam safety drop pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e144\" Beam Variant\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 upright frames – 42\" depth x 120\" height\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBeam safety drop pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTeardrop Pallet Rack Starter Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e120\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Length Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\", 144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Configuration\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStarter Bay\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecking Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Pins Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchors Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Guards Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchored floor-mounted rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Inventory\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pallet loads\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor warehouse use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Fit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eBest For\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall warehouse buildouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistributor inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight manufacturing operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpansion of existing teardrop rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackroom pallet staging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVery heavy pallet loads without engineering review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomated storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrive-in rack environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePush-back or pallet flow conversions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities requiring stamped engineered drawings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"96\"","offer_id":43352875303002,"sku":"KPR4212009650-2DRA","price":1255.9,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43352875335770,"sku":"KPR4212014454-2DRA","price":1488.44,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackStarterKit_2c638daf-e374-461c-806a-da9602c423f4.png?v=1778611755"},{"product_id":"pallet-rack-starter-kit-42-depth-x-142-height","title":"Pallet Rack Starter Kit – 42\" Depth x 142\" Height","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1bgk6fw\" data-start=\"203\" data-end=\"287\"\u003eStandard Pallet Rack Starter Kit with Frames, Beams, Decking, and Safety Hardware\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Pallet Rack Starter Kit – 42\" Depth x 142\" Height is a complete pallet racking configuration designed for standard palletized warehouse storage applications. Each kit includes upright frames, step beams, wire decking, anchors, safety drop pins, and column guards required to create a functional pallet rack starter bay.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis system is designed for indoor pallet storage in distribution centers, manufacturing facilities, ecommerce fulfillment operations, and 3PL warehouses. The 42\" rack depth supports standard 48\" deep pallets commonly used throughout industrial warehouse environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuyers select the beam length that best matches pallet dimensions, aisle spacing, and operational throughput requirements. For multi-row systems, high-density storage strategies, seismic applications, or non-standard pallet profiles, a custom-engineered pallet rack layout is recommended instead of a starter kit configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e96\" Beam Configuration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 2 upright frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 4 step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety drop pins: 2 per beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame anchors: 4 per frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003e144\" Beam Configuration\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 2 upright frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQty 6 step beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWire decking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafety drop pins: 2 per beam\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame anchors: 4 per frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColumn guards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e142\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBeam Length Options\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\", 144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePalletized warehouse storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Environment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDecking Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAnchors Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSafety Drop Pins Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eColumn Guards Included\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eExpansion Capability\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, with compatible pallet rack components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Operations\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDistribution, manufacturing, fulfillment, and 3PL storage environments\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse expansion projects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEcommerce fulfillment storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistribution center pallet positions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL client storage environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInitial warehouse rack deployments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-to-mid-size warehouse retrofits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 42\" depth configuration is designed around standard 48\" pallet footprints with typical pallet overhang requirements. Beam length selection should account for pallet dimensions, forklift clearance, load spacing, and aisle design.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStarter kits are intended for standard single-row pallet storage configurations. Facilities requiring tunnel bays, drive-in systems, push-back storage, pallet flow layouts, or seismic engineering should use a custom warehouse rack design instead of a standard kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal load capacities depend on beam selection, pallet weight distribution, floor conditions, and installation requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use This Starter Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for cantilever or non-palletized loads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use in outdoor storage environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for high-seismic applications without engineering review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use with damaged or inconsistent pallet profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use as a substitute for very high-density storage systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use where stamped engineered drawings are required without proper review.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for automated storage system integration without layout validation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use for oversized or non-standard pallet dimensions without confirming clearance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncorrect pallet rack selection can create forklift clearance issues, pallet overhang problems, and unsafe loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"96\"","offer_id":43352881659994,"sku":"KPR4214409650-3DRA","price":1548.49,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43352881692762,"sku":"KPR4214414454-3DRA","price":1897.29,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletRackStarterKit_2_ca13b20a-e58b-46e0-b93d-f1730c336dc7.png?v=1778611935"},{"product_id":"3-5-high-stacking-rack-base-only-no-posts-included","title":"3–5 High Stacking Rack Base Only (No Posts Included)","description":"\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1pfamak\" data-start=\"528\" data-end=\"596\"\u003ePortable High-Density Warehouse Storage Without Permanent Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePortable stacking rack base designed for modular warehouse storage systems that stack 3–5 levels high. Use with compatible stacking rack posts to create high-density vertical storage without permanent pallet racking, anchors, or floor-mounted systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStacking racks are ideal for warehouses, manufacturing facilities, 3PL operations, tire distributors, and seasonal overflow storage where layouts change frequently or additional vertical capacity is needed quickly. Fully assembled racks can be moved by forklift as a single unit, allowing inventory to be reconfigured without fixed racking installations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThis product includes the stacking rack base only. Compatible stacking rack posts are sold separately.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasonal overflow inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTire and wheel distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing WIP storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber, tubing, and long material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL and flexible warehouse layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo NOT Use If\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou need permanent seismic-rated pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoads exceed the rack’s rated capacity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor conditions are uneven or unstable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou require ASRS or automated warehouse compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eYou intend to stack racks without compatible posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Warehouses Use Stacking Racks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eInstant Vertical Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eStack fully assembled racks 3–5 levels high to maximize warehouse cube utilization without installing permanent racking systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Layout Flexibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eMove loaded racks using a forklift to reconfigure storage layouts, create overflow zones, or support seasonal inventory changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNo Installation Required: \u003c\/strong\u003ePosts insert directly into the base sockets with no bolts, anchors, permits, or fixed rack installation required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSpace-Saving Nesting Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eWhen empty, bases nest together to reduce floor space consumption during low-inventory periods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCost-Effective Alternative to Pallet Racking: \u003c\/strong\u003eStack racks provide expandable vertical storage without the cost and permanence of fixed pallet rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow the Stacking Rack System Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach complete stacking rack system consists of:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne stacking rack base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour compatible stacking rack posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosts slide directly into the corner sockets of the base without tools or hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach post includes integrated stacking targets that align with the rack above, while the base includes alignment targets for stable stacking below. Once assembled, racks can safely stack 3–5 levels high depending on load weight, forklift capability, and warehouse operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoosing the Right Base Size\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003cthead\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBase Size\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eBest For\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/thead\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" × 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard 40\" × 48\" pallets with minimal excess footprint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\" × 48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBulk bags, irregular loads, added side clearance\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36\" × 60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumber, textile rolls, long products\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e42\" × 60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe, tubing, elongated materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\" × 60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLarge totes, agricultural products, oversized goods\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExpert Recommendation\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor most standard warehouse pallet applications, the 42\" × 48\" base is the preferred configuration because it supports standard pallets while minimizing unnecessary floor space.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBase Pattern Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eStandard Configuration\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eS-4 balanced grid base pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eOptional Configurations Available Upon Request\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS-2:\u003c\/strong\u003e Wide beam support for rigid pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS-3:\u003c\/strong\u003e Narrow support spacing for moderate loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eS-5:\u003c\/strong\u003e Dense grid support for heavy loads or decking applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eIncluded\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne stacking rack base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorner upright sockets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6\" × 6\" stacking targets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eNot Included\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStacking rack posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDecking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnchoring hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack 3–5 levels high for high-density warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable forklift-accessible storage system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular design with interchangeable bases and posts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free assembly with drop-in post installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable steel construction for industrial warehouse environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard 2,000 lb capacity per rack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional 4,000 lb heavy-duty configuration available by request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNesting base design reduces empty storage footprint\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo anchors or permanent rack installation required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAutomotive \u0026amp; Tire Distribution\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUsed extensively for tires, wheels, engines, transmissions, and heavy automotive components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eManufacturing \u0026amp; Industrial\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIdeal for WIP inventory, raw materials, subassemblies, and components that cannot be floor stacked safely.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarehouse \u0026amp; 3PL Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSupports overflow inventory, mixed pallets, seasonal inventory peaks, and flexible warehouse layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePipe, Lumber \u0026amp; Long Material Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eProvides portable storage for tubing, lumber bundles, bar stock, and elongated products without fixed cantilever racking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeverage \u0026amp; Food Distribution\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCommonly used for kegs, cases, palletized products, and rotating inventory storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStacking Rack Base\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStack Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5 Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000 lbs Standard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Option\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4,000 lbs Available Upon Request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForklift Accessible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNestable Design\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosts Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStacking Rack Posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard Base Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS-4 Balanced Grid\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOptional Base Patterns\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS-2, S-3, S-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e\n\u003csection\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatible Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product requires four compatible stacking rack posts to create a complete stacking rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCompatible post kits are sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"36\" x 60\"","offer_id":43352924323930,"sku":"STACKRACK-B-36X60-2","price":369.03,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" x 48\"","offer_id":43352924356698,"sku":"STACKRACK-B-42X48-2","price":355.67,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"42\" x 60\"","offer_id":43352924389466,"sku":"STACKRACK-B-42X60-2","price":378.57,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\" x 48\"","offer_id":43352924422234,"sku":"STACKRACK-B-48X48-2","price":365.38,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60\" x 60\"","offer_id":43352924455002,"sku":"STACKRACK-B-60X60-2","price":428.92,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/WarehouseStackingRacks_1.png?v=1778612262"},{"product_id":"stacking-rack-post-set-of-4-no-base-included","title":"Stacking Rack Post Set of 4 (No Base Included)","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Stack Rack Posts for Modular Warehouse Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eStacking rack posts\u003c\/strong\u003e create the vertical storage height required for portable stack rack systems and allow safe stacking up to 3–5 levels high. Each set includes four steel uprights designed to fit compatible stack rack bases without tools, anchors, or permanent installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in multiple heights to match pallet loads, forklift clearance, and warehouse storage requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDesigned for Flexible Warehouse Operations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStack racks are commonly used in operations where inventory changes frequently, storage needs are seasonal, or floor layouts must remain flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMove with a forklift while fully loaded\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStack 3–5 levels high\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollapse and reconfigure quickly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStore oversized or irregular products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpand warehouse capacity without construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWhen inventory levels decrease, empty rack bases can nest together to reduce floor space usage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow Stack Rack Posts Work\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach complete stack rack requires one stack rack base and four matching upright posts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePosts slide into the base corner sockets and include integrated stacking targets on top to align additional racks safely during vertical stacking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable post heights allow operations to match product height, forklift clearance, stack height requirements, and warehouse ceiling clearance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAll four posts within a rack assembly must use the same height.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eTire \u0026amp; Automotive Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePassenger tires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTruck and OTR tires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels and rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngines and transmissions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eManufacturing \u0026amp; Industrial\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWork-in-progress inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRaw materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial assemblies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWarehouse \u0026amp; 3PL Operations\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeasonal inventory overflow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemporary warehouse expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLow-volume SKU storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eLumber, Pipe \u0026amp; Long Materials\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber bundles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTextile rolls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eBeverage \u0026amp; Bulk Storage\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKegs and crates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk bag storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePalletized goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAgricultural products\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTool-Free Installation:\u003c\/strong\u003e Posts drop directly into compatible corner sockets without bolts, anchors, or hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Storage System:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully loaded stack racks can be moved using standard forklifts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStacks 3–5 Levels High:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed for high-density warehouse storage and vertical inventory optimization.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Height Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available in 24\", 30\", 36\", 48\", and 60\" post heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDurable Steel Construction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Built for industrial warehouse and material handling environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular Rack Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e Compatible with stack rack bases for configurable storage layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStack Rack Upright Posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSet of 4 Posts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-Free Drop-In\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible With\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStack Rack Bases\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForklift Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStack Capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3–5 Levels High\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Heights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24\", 30\", 36\", 48\", 60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehouse Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003ePost Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e24 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKRACK-P-24-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKRACK-P-30-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKRACK-P-36-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKRACK-P-48-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKRACK-P-60-2\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Compatibility Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Required: \u003c\/strong\u003eThis product includes upright posts only. A compatible stack rack base is required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUse Matching Post Heights: \u003c\/strong\u003eDo not mix post heights within the same rack assembly. All four posts must match.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForklift Operation: \u003c\/strong\u003eOnly move properly balanced and secured stack rack assemblies using approved forklift procedures.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho It’s For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouses needing temporary or portable storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTire distributors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3PL operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial storage environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperations expanding vertical pallet storage without permanent racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed pallet racking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolt-down rack installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResidential storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported floor stacking without compatible bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"24\"","offer_id":43352981274714,"sku":"STACKRACK-P-24-2","price":84.28,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"30\"","offer_id":43352981307482,"sku":"STACKRACK-P-30-2","price":94.13,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"36\"","offer_id":43352981340250,"sku":"STACKRACK-P-36-2","price":104.73,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"48\"","offer_id":43352981373018,"sku":"STACKRACK-P-48-2","price":126.84,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"60\"","offer_id":43352981405786,"sku":"STACKRACK-P-60-2","price":195.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/WarehouseStackingRacks.png?v=1778612175"},{"product_id":"industrial-pipe-racks-48-width-x-98-length","title":"Industrial Pipe Racks – 48\" Width x 98\" Length","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"10\" data-end=\"86\"\u003eIndustrial Pipe Storage Rack for Warehouses and Manufacturing Facilities\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial pipe racks are designed for organized storage of pipe, tubing, bar stock, and other long materials in warehouse and industrial environments. The stackable configuration helps improve floor space utilization while maintaining forklift accessibility and separated storage lanes for faster material handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese industrial pipe storage racks are commonly used in manufacturing facilities, fabrication shops, distribution centers, steel warehouses, and industrial storage operations handling mixed material sizes and long inventory. The vertical storage design reduces floor congestion while improving visibility and retrieval efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use these racks for unstable loose materials, unbanded inventory, or oversized loads requiring full cantilever loading access.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar stock organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel material staging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFabrication shop material handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift-accessible bulk storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse overflow storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMulti-size pipe segregation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe stackable design allows facilities to increase vertical storage density without expanding floor footprint.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Benefits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Material Organization: \u003c\/strong\u003eSeparated storage lanes help reduce mixed inventory and improve retrieval speed for warehouse and production teams.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStackable Storage Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe stackable configuration increases usable storage capacity while maintaining organized material separation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForklift Accessibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eOpen-base access supports forklift handling and repositioning throughout warehouse operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Floor Congestion: \u003c\/strong\u003eVertical storage organization minimizes loose material staging and improves aisle safety.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFlexible Industrial Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eSuitable for storing pipe, tubing, bar stock, and similar long materials across warehouse and manufacturing environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Usage Limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not exceed rated load capacities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUneven weight distribution can compromise rack stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoose or unstable materials should be banded before storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOversized material lengths may require cantilever rack systems instead of vertical pipe storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty applications may require engineered custom rack configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal anchoring and seismic requirements should be reviewed for the installation environment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor use depends on finish, environmental exposure, and load conditions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial Pipe Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWidth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Pipe \u0026amp; Bar Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStackable Pipe Bunk\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial Handling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForklift Accessible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Variants\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Post, 6 Post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe, Tubing, Bar Stock Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStackable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCustom Sizes Available\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Upon Request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eNumber of Posts\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eWidth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLength\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eIntended Use\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKING PIPE BUNK 48 x 96-4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard pipe and tubing organization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 Post\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSTACKING PIPE BUNK 48 X 96-6\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e96\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigher-density material segregation and storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable industrial pipe storage design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift-accessible base configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for pipe, tubing, and bar stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple post configurations available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical storage layout improves floor utilization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty styles available upon request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom sizes available for specialized layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for warehouse and manufacturing environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Maintenance Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial pipe racks should be installed on stable, properly rated warehouse flooring. Facilities with seismic requirements or high-capacity storage applications should review anchoring and layout conditions before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRegular inspections should be performed to identify damaged structural components, overloaded storage lanes, unstable material placement, or improper weight distribution. Damaged or overloaded racks should not remain in service.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"4","offer_id":43358287593562,"sku":"STACKING PIPE BUNK 48 x 96-4","price":2034.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6","offer_id":43358287626330,"sku":"STACKING PIPE BUNK 48 X 96-6","price":3023.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/IndustrialPipeRacks.png?v=1778612353"},{"product_id":"industrial-pipe-rack-48-width","title":"Industrial Pipe Rack – 48\" Width","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"190udn\" data-start=\"123\" data-end=\"185\"\u003e48-Inch Wide Pipe Rack for Warehouse and Industrial Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIndustrial pipe racks with a fixed 48-inch width are designed for storing pipe, tubing, bar stock, and long materials in warehouse and industrial environments. Stackable configurations help increase vertical storage density while maintaining forklift accessibility and organized material separation. These racks are designed for manufacturing facilities, metal fabrication operations, industrial distribution centers, and long-material storage applications where floor space efficiency and organized material handling are critical.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in multiple length configurations, these industrial pipe racks support different storage layouts and material profiles. The stackable design helps operations increase usable storage capacity without requiring a full cantilever rack system or large structural installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixed 48-inch rack width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 144-inch and 192-inch lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStackable storage configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for pipe, tubing, and bar stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift-accessible handling design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVertical storage density optimization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouse storage application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty configurations available\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom sizes available upon request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for organized long-material staging and storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel and tubing distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal fabrication operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-material staging areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and bar stock storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial handling support areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial inventory organization\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Material Organization: \u003c\/strong\u003ePipe racks help separate and organize long materials by type, diameter, or application. Organized storage reduces material handling delays and improves accessibility during picking and staging operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncreased Vertical Storage Density: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe stackable design allows facilities to use vertical warehouse space more efficiently while maintaining access to stored materials. This helps reduce floor congestion in pipe and long-material storage areas.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eForklift Accessibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eOpen rack access supports forklift loading and unloading operations commonly required in industrial warehouse and fabrication environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Material Damage Risk: \u003c\/strong\u003eProperly organized pipe storage helps reduce rolling, shifting, and material contact damage commonly associated with floor-stacked inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial Pipe Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eRack Width\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eAvailable Lengths\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\", 192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStackable Long Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eMaterial Application\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePipe, tubing, bar stock, long materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHandling Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForklift Accessible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor-Based Industrial Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eEnvironment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarehouse and Industrial Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCustom Sizes\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Upon Request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eHeavy-Duty Configurations\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Upon Request\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Operational Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese pipe racks should only be used on stable and properly rated industrial flooring. Uneven floor conditions, improper load distribution, or overloading can compromise stack stability and material safety.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStack height limits, load capacities, and safe operating configurations depend on material type, weight distribution, handling equipment, and facility conditions. Final load suitability should always be reviewed against operational requirements before deployment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOutdoor use depends on finish type, corrosion exposure, and environmental conditions. Untreated steel storage racks should not be used in corrosive environments without proper specification review.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eHeavy or irregular loads should be handled using appropriate forklift equipment and safe material handling procedures.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation and Maintenance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInspect racks regularly for structural damage, bent sections, unstable stacking conditions, or overloaded configurations. Damaged racks should be removed from service until repaired or replaced.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStored materials should remain evenly distributed to prevent shifting or instability during loading and unloading operations. Facilities handling high-volume or heavy-wall materials should review floor loading and operational safety requirements before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFloor anchoring requirements may vary depending on application, stack height, seismic conditions, and local operational standards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCustom Configurations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCustom sizes and heavy-duty configurations are available for facilities handling specialized material dimensions, higher load requirements, or unique storage layouts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor custom configurations, buyers should prepare:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTypical bundle weights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift specifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable floor space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTarget stack heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperational environment details\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43358320820314,"sku":"STACKING PIPE BUNK 48 X 144","price":4274.4,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"192\"","offer_id":43358320853082,"sku":"STACKING PIPE BUNK 48 X 192","price":2502.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/IndustrialPipeRacks_25783881-4b35-478a-9a3c-3f315178c558.png?v=1778612622"},{"product_id":"cantilever-rack-starter-kit-192-height-4-arm-levels","title":"Cantilever Rack Starter Kit – 192\" Height – 4 Arm Levels","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1k60quq\" data-start=\"546\" data-end=\"612\"\u003eIndustrial Cantilever Rack Storage for Long and Bulky Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantilever rack starter kit is designed for storing long, bulky materials such as lumber, pipe, tubing, bar stock, and building products that cannot be efficiently stored on standard pallet racking. The 192\" upright configuration with 4 arm levels supports high-vertical storage density while maintaining direct side-loading access with forklifts and material handling equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open-front cantilever design allows operators to load and unload long materials without front column interference, making the system well-suited for warehouses, manufacturing facilities, lumber operations, steel storage, and industrial distribution environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use cantilever racking for standard palletized inventory, small-parts picking, carton storage, or mixed-SKU ecommerce fulfillment operations.\u003c\/strong\u003e Cantilever systems are designed specifically for long-material storage applications with consistent load profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural I-beam cantilever rack construction for long-material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e192\" upright height with 4 arm storage levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in single-sided and double-sided configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front design for side-loading forklift access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular cantilever system for future expansion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes structural bracing, stop pins, and floor anchors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for lumber, pipe, tubing, and industrial material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty industrial warehouse storage system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel bar stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFurniture component storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial raw material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtrusion and metal stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-load warehouse storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Not Use This Rack For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarton flow applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-SKU ecommerce fulfillment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelving applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-loaded small parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-uniform unstable loads without proper load securement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications requiring decked pallet support surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever racks are designed for side-loaded long materials and are inefficient for traditional palletized warehouse storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIncluded Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cantilever rack starter kit includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 cantilever upright frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" base supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 bases for single-sided configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 bases for double-sided configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" cantilever arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 arm levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural cantilever bracing: 48\", 60\", or 72\" depending on configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever stop pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor anchors for rack anchoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCantilever Rack System Overview\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever racking systems are designed to store materials that extend beyond the dimensions of conventional pallet rack shelving. The open-front configuration eliminates front-column interference, allowing forklifts and operators to load long products directly onto the cantilever arms.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe system consists of upright columns connected to structural bases and reinforced with horizontal and diagonal bracing for stability. Cantilever arms connect directly to the uprights and create the storage levels used to support long materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle-sided configurations are typically used against walls or perimeter storage zones. Double-sided configurations are commonly used in central warehouse aisles where storage access is required from both sides of the rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Starter Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided or Double-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural I-Beam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLoading Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide Loading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFloor Anchored\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eExpansion Capability\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModular Expandable System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Operational Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever racks must be anchored to structurally suitable concrete flooring. Final layout, load capacity validation, seismic considerations, and anchoring requirements should be reviewed based on facility conditions, load characteristics, and local code requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMaterial dimensions, load weights, forklift access requirements, and aisle clearances should be verified before system configuration or expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Single-Sided","offer_id":43358520442970,"sku":"KCA192SS48-4","price":3355.12,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double-Sided","offer_id":43358520475738,"sku":"KCA192DS48-4","price":4873.97,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/Cantilever_Rack_Starter_Kit.png?v=1778625854"},{"product_id":"cantilever-rack-starter-kit-144-height-3-arm-levels","title":"Cantilever Rack Starter Kit 144\" Height 3 Arm Levels","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"40v9sl\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"55\"\u003eCantilever Rack Storage for Long and Bulky Materials\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for storing long materials such as lumber, pipe, tubing, bar stock, and building materials that cannot be stored efficiently on traditional pallet racking or shelving systems. This cantilever rack starter kit includes the structural components needed to assemble a complete cantilever storage section for warehouse, manufacturing, distribution, and industrial storage applications. Do not use cantilever racks for standard palletized inventory that requires front beam support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in both single-sided and double-sided configurations, these cantilever systems provide open-front forklift access for loading and unloading long or oversized inventory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDesigned For\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarpet roll storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing material staging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong and oversized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eChoose Single-Sided or Double-Sided\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle-Sided Cantilever Rack: \u003c\/strong\u003eSingle-sided cantilever racks are designed for wall placement where storage access is only required from one side.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-Sided Cantilever Rack: \u003c\/strong\u003eDouble-sided cantilever racks are designed for center-row layouts where forklift access is required from both sides of the rack system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Front Storage Design: \u003c\/strong\u003eCantilever rack systems eliminate front upright obstruction, allowing forklifts to load and unload long materials more efficiently than standard pallet racking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-Duty Structural I-Beam Construction: \u003c\/strong\u003eStructural steel cantilever components provide rigid industrial storage support for long and bulky materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e144\" Upright Height with 3 Arm Levels: \u003c\/strong\u003eProvides multiple storage elevations while maintaining open access for material handling equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExpandable Cantilever Rack Layout: \u003c\/strong\u003eAdditional uprights, arms, and bracing can be added to extend storage rows when facility layouts allow for future expansion.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSingle- or Double-Sided Configurations: \u003c\/strong\u003eSupports both perimeter-wall storage layouts and center-row warehouse storage configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat’s Included\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 cantilever upright frames\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" base supports\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 bases for single-sided systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 bases for double-sided systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" cantilever arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 arm levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural cantilever bracing available in 48\", 60\", or 72\" configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever stop pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack anchors for floor securing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Rack Starter Kit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Levels\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided or Double-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural I-Beam Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBracing Sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\", 60\", or 72\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAnchored Floor Mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong and Bulky Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCantilever Rack System Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBase Supports: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe base assembly anchors the rack system to the floor and stabilizes the upright structure under load.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpright Columns: \u003c\/strong\u003eUpright frames provide the vertical support structure and allow cantilever arms to be positioned across multiple storage levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCantilever Arms: \u003c\/strong\u003eCantilever arms create the horizontal storage levels used to support long inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural Bracing: \u003c\/strong\u003eHorizontal and diagonal bracing improves system rigidity and overall rack stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStop Pins: \u003c\/strong\u003eStop pins secure cantilever arms to the uprights and help prevent arm displacement during operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems should be configured around material length, load weights, forklift access, aisle widths, ceiling clearances, expansion requirements, and loading direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDouble-sided systems increase storage density but require center-row forklift accessibility. Single-sided systems are typically installed against walls or facility perimeters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal load verification, anchoring, and layout review should be completed before installation in high-capacity industrial storage environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Not Use When\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStoring standard palletized inventory requiring front load beams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStoring unsupported point loads beyond engineered capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInstalling on unverified concrete surfaces without proper anchoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsing damaged arms, braces, or uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating without required forklift aisle clearances\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNeed a Larger Cantilever Rack Layout?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTalk with a warehouse equipment specialist to configure multi-row cantilever layouts, arm spacing, row lengths, and storage capacity requirements before quoting larger warehouse storage systems.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Single-Sided","offer_id":43358667997274,"sku":"KCA144SS48-3","price":2782.7,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double-Sided","offer_id":43358668030042,"sku":"KCA144DS48-3","price":4043.04,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/Cantilever_Rack_Starter_Kit_1_d5741e5f-9f50-42b2-95e5-b51dc2b84480.png?v=1778625914"},{"product_id":"cantilever-uprights-144-height-x-48-base-arm-length","title":"Cantilever Uprights – 144\" Height x 48\" Base \u0026 Arm Length","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"kg-product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eStructural Cantilever Uprights for Long Material Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural cantilever uprights designed for storing lumber, pipe, tubing, bar stock, and other long materials in warehouse and industrial environments. Available in single-sided and double-sided configurations for perimeter or central aisle layouts. Use with compatible cantilever arms and cantilever bracing to complete a structural cantilever rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems are designed for applications where standard pallet racking cannot efficiently store long, oversized, or irregular inventory. Common use cases include lumber yards, pipe storage, metal stock storage, building materials, and industrial warehouse operations handling products with varying lengths.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest Applications for Cantilever Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber and wood product storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel bar and metal stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding materials and oversized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong products with inconsistent lengths\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouse and manufacturing environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use Cantilever Racking\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard palletized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall carton picking operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-density SKU storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications requiring solid decking surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities without adequate forklift aisle clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper cantilever system selection can reduce storage efficiency and create unsafe loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBase Type Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSingle Side\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for wall-mounted or perimeter storage layouts with product access from one side only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDouble Side\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for central aisle layouts requiring storage access from both sides of the cantilever rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e144-inch structural cantilever upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48-inch base length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in single-sided or double-sided configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front design for long material handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with structural cantilever arms and bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for warehouse and industrial storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable class=\"kg-specifications-table\"\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystem Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided or Double-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Arms, Cantilever Bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Configuration Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever uprights do not function as standalone storage systems. Arms, bracing, and layout configuration must be properly selected based on product dimensions, load distribution, and operational requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal rack configuration should account for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduct weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor condition\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired aisle width\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoading direction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper cantilever rack configuration can result in unsafe loading conditions or reduced storage efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Single-Side","offer_id":43359025430618,"sku":"CAS-48144-S-BLU","price":899.59,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double-Side","offer_id":43359025463386,"sku":"CAS-48144-D-BLU","price":1147.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverUprights.png?v=1778633054"},{"product_id":"cantilever-uprights-144-height-x-60-base-arm-length","title":"Cantilever Uprights – 144\" Height x 60\" Base \u0026 Arm Length","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1z9xn8\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"59\"\u003eStructural Cantilever Uprights for Long Material Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural cantilever uprights are designed for storing long, oversized, or irregular materials that cannot be efficiently stored on standard pallet racking. This 144\" high structural cantilever upright with a 60\" base is configured for single-sided storage layouts commonly used along warehouse walls or perimeter rows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems are widely used in lumber yards, industrial warehouses, manufacturing facilities, steel distribution operations, and building material storage environments where open-front access is required for long loads such as pipe, tubing, bar stock, and lumber.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber and plywood storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel bar and extrusion storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding material distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial bulk storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSide-loading forklift operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong material warehouse storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCarton picking systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall parts inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-loaded shelving applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNarrow aisle warehouse layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities without adequate forklift turning clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e144\" tall structural cantilever upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60\" heavy-duty structural base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-sided cantilever configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front access for long materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with cantilever arms and brace sets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for industrial warehouse applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports configurable vertical storage layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystem Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Arms \u0026amp; Brace Sets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever uprights are the primary structural support component within a cantilever rack system. Final system performance depends on arm selection, brace spacing, anchoring method, floor condition, load distribution, forklift impact exposure, and installation quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper arm spacing, uneven loading, or insufficient anchoring can reduce system stability and create structural failure risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle-sided cantilever systems are typically installed against walls or along perimeter storage rows. Double-sided systems should be used for center-aisle access configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upright requires compatible cantilever arms, cantilever brace sets, and anchoring hardware.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product does not include arms, braces, or anchors unless explicitly stated.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43359090180186,"sku":"CAS-60144-S-BLU","price":1101.48,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverUprights_b08b38ae-e6c8-4e65-adbf-e5a89ead3f98.png?v=1778633325"},{"product_id":"cantilever-uprights-192-height-x-48-base-arm-length","title":"Cantilever Uprights – 192\" Height x 48\" Base \u0026 Arm Length","description":"\u003ch2 data-section-id=\"1z9xn8\" data-start=\"0\" data-end=\"59\"\u003eStructural Cantilever Uprights for Long Material Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural cantilever uprights designed for storing long, bulky, and oversized materials including lumber, pipe, tubing, steel stock, and building products. This configuration features a 192\" upright height with a 48\" base length and is available in single-sided and double-sided layouts for perimeter or center-row storage applications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever racking uses an open-front design that allows forklifts to load and unload long inventory without front-column obstruction. These uprights are designed for use with compatible cantilever arms and bracing to create complete industrial cantilever rack systems for warehouse, manufacturing, and distribution environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber and building material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe, tubing, and bar stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel stock and metal fabrication inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong SKU warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front forklift access applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial cantilever rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard palletized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall-parts storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHand-loaded shelving applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-density pallet storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnanchored rack installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e192\" tall structural cantilever upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48\" base length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in single-sided or double-sided configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front access for long materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructural cantilever rack construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for use with cantilever braces and cantilever arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for warehouse, manufacturing, and distribution environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided or Double-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Components\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Arms and Bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShipping Method\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLTL Freight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSingle-Sided vs Double-Sided\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSingle-sided cantilever uprights are typically used along walls or perimeter storage rows where access is needed from one side. Double-sided cantilever uprights are used in center-row layouts where materials need to be stored and accessed from both sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm maximum product length and load weight before ordering.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfirm forklift access, aisle width, and loading direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse only with compatible cantilever arms and bracing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFloor anchoring is required for most industrial applications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEngineering review may be required for high-capacity, seismic, or custom layouts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eFreight \u0026amp; Installation Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips via LTL freight.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffloading equipment may be required at delivery.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever arms and braces are sold separately unless otherwise specified.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInspect freight before signing delivery paperwork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Single Side","offer_id":43359104761946,"sku":"CAS-48192-S-BLU","price":1007.54,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"Double Side","offer_id":43359104794714,"sku":"CAS-48192-D-BLU","price":1255.74,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverUprights_b496b2b2-85b9-4c28-a3cc-f55d9e2b22cb.png?v=1778633593"},{"product_id":"cantilever-uprights-192-height-x-60-base-arm-length","title":"Cantilever Uprights – 192\" Height x 60\" Base \u0026 Arm Length","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStructural Cantilever Upright – 192\" Height x 60\" Base | Single-Sided\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis structural cantilever upright is designed for storing long materials such as lumber, pipe, tubing, and bar stock in warehouse and industrial environments. The single-sided configuration is intended for perimeter wall placement with open-front forklift access. Do not use this system for palletized inventory or small-parts storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e192\" structural cantilever upright\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60\" structural base\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-sided configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front forklift access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with cantilever arms and bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for long and bulky material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConfiguration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSingle-Sided\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBase Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Depth\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Width\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCAS-60192-S-BLU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal stock storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouse storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever arms and bracing sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips via freight carrier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift required for unloading\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinal system design should be reviewed for load and layout requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43359129206874,"sku":"CAS-60192-S-BLU","price":1232.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverUprights_5_8f27377c-4b22-435e-ba48-c40c76e37405.png?v=1778633953"},{"product_id":"48-spacing-cantilever-bracing","title":"48\" Spacing Cantilever Bracing","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2 data-end=\"152\" data-start=\"107\" data-section-id=\"1hitakf\"\u003eCantilever Bracing for 48\" Upright Spacing\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever bracing stabilizes cantilever rack upright assemblies and must match both upright height and upright spacing configurations. This 48\" spacing cantilever bracing kit is designed for use with compatible cantilever uprights in long-material storage systems handling products such as lumber, pipe, tubing, steel stock, and other bulky materials. Do not use mismatched bracing dimensions or incompatible upright configurations, as system stability depends on correct spacing and height alignment.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantilever bracing kit includes installation hardware and is available for compatible 12' and 16' cantilever upright configurations. Upright spacing must be measured center-to-center before selecting bracing components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStructural Upright Stabilization:\u003c\/strong\u003e Designed to stabilize cantilever rack upright assemblies used in long-material warehouse storage systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatible 48\" Upright Spacing:\u003c\/strong\u003e Engineered for cantilever systems using 48\" center-to-center upright spacing configurations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMultiple Upright Height Options:\u003c\/strong\u003e Available for compatible 144\" and 192\" cantilever upright assemblies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHardware Included:\u003c\/strong\u003e Includes required hardware for compatible cantilever rack bracing installation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePowder-Coated Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue powder-coated finish helps protect structural components in industrial warehouse environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLumber \u0026amp; Building Material Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eSupports cantilever rack systems used for dimensional lumber, sheet goods, trim stock, and construction materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePipe \u0026amp; Tube Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eStabilizes cantilever upright assemblies used for conduit, tubing, pipe, and long cylindrical inventory.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSteel \u0026amp; Metal Stock Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eUsed in industrial storage systems handling bar stock, structural steel, and long fabricated materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eManufacturing \u0026amp; Industrial Warehouses: \u003c\/strong\u003eSupports cantilever rack layouts where long or oversized inventory cannot be stored efficiently on traditional pallet racking.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Upright Heights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e144\", 192\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder-Coated Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eApplication\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Requirement\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Cantilever Uprights Required\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Inventory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLumber, Pipe, Steel, Tubing, Bulky Materials\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePlanning \u0026amp; Installation Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems should be configured based on inventory dimensions, material weight, forklift access requirements, and facility layout constraints. Upright spacing, arm configuration, and overall rack design must align with the intended storage application.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal system design, load capacities, anchoring requirements, and layout validation should be reviewed according to facility conditions, slab capacity, seismic requirements, and applicable local codes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43366646579290,"sku":"CAS-BR48-12-BLU","price":352.53,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"192\"","offer_id":43366646612058,"sku":"CAS-BR48-16-BLU","price":528.78,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverBracing.png?v=1778705054"},{"product_id":"upright-cantilever-bracing-60-spacing","title":"Upright Cantilever Bracing 60\" Spacing","description":"\u003ch2\u003eStabilizing Bracing for Structural Cantilever Rack Uprights\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis upright cantilever bracing kit is designed to connect and stabilize structural cantilever rack uprights with 60\" center-to-center spacing. Proper bracing is required to maintain cantilever rack alignment, system rigidity, and overall structural stability when storing long or bulky materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is intended for use with structural cantilever racking systems only and must be matched to the correct upright height configuration. Available configurations support 12' and 16' cantilever uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMeasure upright spacing center-to-center before ordering. Incorrect spacing selection will prevent proper installation and may compromise rack performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems are commonly used for storing long, bulky, or irregular materials that cannot be efficiently stored on standard pallet racking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel bar stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong industrial materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSheet goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIrregular oversized inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Cantilever Bracing Matters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever bracing acts as the structural connection between uprights, helping stabilize the entire rack system during loading and unloading operations. Without properly matched bracing, cantilever systems can experience alignment issues, instability, and uneven load distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 60\" spacing configuration is commonly used in warehouse environments balancing structural support, access clearance, material handling flexibility, and modular system expansion.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever systems are modular and expandable, allowing additional uprights and storage arms to be added as operational requirements change.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for structural cantilever rack uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 60\" upright spacing measured center-to-center\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with 12' and 16' upright heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports long-material warehouse storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular cantilever system compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouse application design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Upright Bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\" Center-to-Center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Upright Heights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12', 16'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Compatibility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Racking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Stabilization\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Environment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndustrial Warehouse Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCompatibility Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis cantilever bracing kit is designed specifically for structural cantilever rack systems with 60\" upright spacing and matching cantilever upright heights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpacing must be measured center-to-center between uprights before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen This Bracing Configuration Works Best\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracing configuration is commonly used in warehouse and industrial storage environments where long materials require open-front access and stable upright support.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber storage operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel and metal warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and tubing storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial distribution environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-material storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 60\" spacing layout is frequently selected when balancing rack stability with material accessibility and aisle usability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen NOT To Use This Product\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use this bracing kit with 48\" upright spacing, 72\" upright spacing, selective pallet rack systems, push-back racking, drive-in rack systems, or mixed cantilever components without compatibility verification.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not field-modify bracing dimensions. Altered bracing components can compromise structural alignment and rack performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eInstallation \u0026amp; Operational Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever systems require proper anchoring, leveling, and installation procedures to maintain structural performance. Final rack layout, anchoring requirements, and load verification should be reviewed by qualified professionals familiar with the application and local code requirements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFreight delivery, unloading equipment, and installation coordination are the responsibility of the receiving facility unless otherwise specified.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43367611236442,"sku":"CAS-BR60-12","price":357.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"192\"","offer_id":43367611269210,"sku":"CAS-BR60-16","price":494.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverBracing_d5a2c896-e041-40a9-aac4-e56a68384593.png?v=1778712253"},{"product_id":"upright-cantilever-bracing-72-spacing","title":"Upright Cantilever Bracing 72\" Spacing","description":"\u003ch2 data-start=\"32\" data-end=\"96\"\u003e72\" Cantilever Upright Bracing for Structural Rack Stability\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eStructural cantilever racking systems require properly matched upright bracing to maintain rack stability, structural alignment, and load support across the entire system. This upright cantilever bracing kit is engineered for cantilever systems configured with 72\" center-to-center upright spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracing kit must be matched to the correct upright height before installation. Available configurations support both 12' and 16' cantilever upright systems.\u003cstrong\u003e\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for structural cantilever rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports 72\" upright spacing configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with 12' and 16' cantilever uprights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStabilizes cantilever rack structure under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed in heavy-duty industrial storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for long-material storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Cantilever Bracing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e72\" Center-to-Center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpright Height Options\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12', 16'\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Rack Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Racking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePowder Coated Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInstallation Location\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween Uprights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStorage Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong and Bulky Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTypical Industries\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturing, Lumber, Steel, Distribution, Industrial Warehousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Selection Information\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis bracing kit is only designed for cantilever systems using 72\" center-to-center upright spacing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use this bracing with 48\" or 60\" upright spacing systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBracing height must match upright height. Incorrect bracing selection can create installation problems and compromise rack stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis product is intended for use with structural cantilever rack systems only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber storage racks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube and extrusion storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial material handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal service centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBulk long-material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"144\"","offer_id":43367925874778,"sku":"CAS-BR72-12","price":409.34,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"192\"","offer_id":43367925907546,"sku":"CAS-BR72-16","price":609.64,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverBracing_5ca98285-fae7-44c5-86d9-05648b0cbb41.png?v=1778712523"},{"product_id":"cantilever-rack-arms-48-length","title":"Cantilever Rack Arms – 48\" Length","description":"\u003ch2\u003eIndustrial Cantilever Arms for Long Material Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack arms are structural storage components that attach directly to cantilever uprights to create adjustable storage levels for long or awkward inventory. These systems are commonly used in manufacturing facilities, building material warehouses, steel service centers, pipe storage operations, and industrial distribution environments where standard pallet racking cannot efficiently support oversized inventory.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe adjustable arm design allows operators to configure storage levels based on material dimensions, bundle sizes, forklift access requirements, and changing inventory profiles. Arms can be positioned along the uprights using the pre-drilled mounting holes to support different storage configurations across the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever storage systems are commonly configured as:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-sided rack systems against walls\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree-standing single-sided layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-sided cantilever rack rows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixed-height material storage systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift-accessible long-load storage zones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBest-Fit Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese cantilever rack arms are commonly used for storing:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber and dimensional wood\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe and conduit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBar stock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtrusions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong fabricated components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOversized industrial inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe open-front design improves loading access for forklifts handling long materials that cannot be safely or efficiently stored on standard pallet rack systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOpen-Front Forklift Access: \u003c\/strong\u003eCantilever systems eliminate front upright obstruction, allowing forklifts to load and unload long inventory directly from the front of the rack system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAdjustable Storage Levels: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe arm mounting pattern allows operators to reposition arm elevations as inventory profiles or storage requirements change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eModular System Expansion: \u003c\/strong\u003eAdditional arms, uprights, and bays can be integrated into existing cantilever systems as storage capacity requirements increase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSupports Irregular Inventory Profiles: \u003c\/strong\u003eCantilever systems support inventory lengths and load profiles that are difficult to store safely on conventional pallet rack systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Tradeoffs\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever systems consume more horizontal floor space than high-density pallet storage systems and are not appropriate for standard palletized inventory requiring dense storage layouts. Incorrect arm spacing, unsupported material overhang, or overloaded arms can create unsafe load distribution and system instability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eProduct Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Arms\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e48 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAvailable Face Heights\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Inch, 5 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000–4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Structural Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted Connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Hole Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Inch Centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal Hole Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75 Inch Centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Pin Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible System Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStructural Cantilever Rack Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRecommended Use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLong Material Storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eVariant Options\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSKU\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eArm Face Height\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCAST-48-4-KIT-ORNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Inch Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCAST-48-5-KIT-ORNI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e5 Inch Face Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCantilever System Components\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA complete cantilever rack system typically includes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever bases\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpright columns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHorizontal bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCross bracing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCantilever arms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack pins and safety accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe cantilever arms bolt directly to the uprights to create the storage levels supporting long or oversized materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eImportant Configuration Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBefore configuring cantilever rack arms, verify:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBundle dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum load weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift type and turning radius\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequired arm spacing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-sided vs double-sided layout requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndoor vs outdoor storage conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eImproper arm sizing, unsupported load overhang, or incorrect spacing can reduce system performance and create unsafe loading conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eDo Not Use If\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInventory requires continuous deck-supported surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoads exceed rated arm capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterials are unstable without lateral support\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet rack systems are more appropriate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift aisle clearances are insufficient\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported overhang conditions exist\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngineering \u0026amp; Safety Notes\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal cantilever rack configurations should be reviewed for load distribution, anchoring requirements, seismic considerations, and local code compliance. Published capacities vary based on upright spacing, arm spacing, system configuration, and overall load distribution assumptions.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"4\"","offer_id":43368017756250,"sku":"CAST-48-4-KIT-ORNI","price":122.27,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5\"","offer_id":43368017789018,"sku":"CAST-48-5-KIT-ORNI","price":203.87,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverArms.png?v=1778719455"},{"product_id":"cantilever-rack-arms-60-length-x-4height","title":"Cantilever Rack Arms – 60\" Length x 4\"Height","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHeavy-Duty Cantilever Rack Arms for Lumber, Pipe, and Long Material Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese 60\" cantilever rack arms are designed for storing long, oversized, or irregular materials that cannot be efficiently stored on standard pallet racking systems. The structural steel arm design supports industrial storage applications handling lumber, pipe, tubing, bar stock, extrusions, and other long products requiring open-front access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 60\" arm length provides extended load support for longer inventory profiles while maintaining forklift accessibility in cantilever rack systems. These arms are commonly used in manufacturing facilities, lumber yards, steel warehouses, pipe storage operations, and industrial distribution environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo not use cantilever rack arms for unsupported palletized loads, unstable loose inventory, or applications exceeding engineered rack system capacities.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eForklift-Compatible Open-Front Storage\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems are commonly used in warehouse environments where front-column obstruction from standard pallet rack systems would interfere with loading efficiency. The open-front design allows forklifts to place and retrieve long inventory without navigating around front uprights.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-sided cantilever rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble-sided cantilever rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreestanding layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall-mounted configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eRack pins can be added to the arm ends to help prevent materials from shifting or falling from the storage surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eBuilt for Industrial Warehouse Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe heavy-duty structural steel construction supports industrial storage environments requiring durable long-material storage systems with repeat forklift interaction. These arms are commonly integrated into warehouse layouts handling lumber, steel stock, pipe, tubing, extrusions, bar stock, building materials, and long fabricated components.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever rack systems should be configured according to total system load requirements, inventory dimensions, forklift specifications, and facility layout constraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60\" cantilever arm length\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4\" arm height profile\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeavy-duty structural steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHardware included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable cantilever system configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with forklift-served storage layouts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOpen-front access for long material handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for lumber, pipe, and oversized inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRack pin compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBolted upright attachment design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eValue\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Arm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Length\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e60\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eArm Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHeavy-Duty Structural Steel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Range\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2,000–4,000 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBolted Connection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHardware Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVertical Hole Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHorizontal Hole Spacing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2.75\" Center-to-Center\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Storage Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCantilever Rack Systems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eForklift Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Pin Compatible\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eIdeal Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLumber yards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePipe storage facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing plants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial distribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding material storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLong-material warehouse systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift-served storage environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 60\" arm depth is best suited for inventory requiring increased support surface area and open-front loading access.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen Not to Use Cantilever Rack Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use cantilever rack arms for:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard pallet storage applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable loose materials without retention\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnsupported point-load storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInventory exceeding engineered system capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged or improperly anchored cantilever systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStorage applications requiring enclosed pallet support surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCantilever systems must be configured using compatible uprights, bases, bracing, and engineered load distribution requirements..\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43368036597850,"sku":"CAST-60-4-KIT-ORNI","price":201.24,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/CantileverArms_f2c8c7a5-6bbb-45da-a482-da33e0ad8ddc.png?v=1778719694"},{"product_id":"hose-rack-system-36-d-96-w-78-h","title":"Hose Rack System 36″D × 96″W × 78″H","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Industrial Hose Storage Rack for Hydraulic Hose Organization\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Hose Rack System 36″D × 96″W × 78″H is a portable industrial storage rack designed for hydraulic hose organization in manufacturing, warehouse, maintenance, and commercial service environments. The mobile steel rack allows operators to store, organize, and access hoses without stacking inventory on floors, shelves, or inside storage bins.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTraditional hose storage methods often create handling delays, hose deformation, floor congestion, and unnecessary damage caused by improper stacking or environmental exposure. This hose rack system improves accessibility while helping facilities maintain cleaner and more organized storage workflows.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe portable rack design supports facilities that frequently reconfigure layouts, manage changing inventory requirements, or require mobile hose storage instead of fixed shelving systems. The painted steel construction is designed for industrial environments where flexibility, organization, and corrosion resistance are operational priorities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan style=\"color: rgb(255, 42, 0);\"\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e Hanging kits are sold separately and are not included with the hose rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic repair operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment maintenance departments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial service centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWarehouse maintenance operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHose assembly and storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard rack size: 36″D × 96″W × 78″H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePortable steel rack for industrial hose storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile layout-friendly storage design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePainted finish designed to help resist corrosion\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with optional hose hanging kits\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18″ orange hose hangers available separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwisted-loop hanger design secures hoses without knotting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging kit rated for 1,200 lb working load limit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHanging kit rated for 3,600 lb break strength\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose Rack System\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRack Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e36″D × 96″W × 78″H\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConstruction Material\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted industrial finish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable \/ mobile rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntended Application\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydraulic hose storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnvironment\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIndoor industrial and warehouse use\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHose Hangers Included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Accessory\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit (Clip + Strap)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit Capacity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1,200 lb WLL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanging Kit Break Strength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3,600 lb\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanger Style\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTwisted-loop\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHanger Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18″\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhy Facilities Use Hose Storage Racks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFaster Hose Access: \u003c\/strong\u003eWorkers can quickly identify and retrieve hoses without dismantling stacked inventory or searching through storage bins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Floor Congestion: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe vertical storage layout helps reduce clutter in maintenance shops, manufacturing areas, and warehouse environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eImproved Hose Protection: \u003c\/strong\u003eProper hanging storage helps reduce hose deformation, unnecessary bending stress, contamination exposure, and handling damage caused by floor or stacked storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePortable Storage Flexibility: \u003c\/strong\u003eThe mobile rack design supports facilities that regularly change layouts, expand operations, or require flexible storage positioning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2 class=\"wp-block-heading\"\u003eWhat’s included in this kit?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho This System Is Designed For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydraulic service companies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintenance operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipment repair departments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndustrial warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCommercial hose assembly operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWho Should Not Use This System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperations requiring palletized storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities that need engineered cantilever rack systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProjects requiring permanent structural racking installations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplications where hose weights exceed safe hanging accessory capacities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor or corrosive environments requiring galvanized or specialized corrosion-resistant systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43376203268186,"sku":"MHR369678","price":1246.05,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PortableHoseRacks.png?v=1778784254"},{"product_id":"4-tier-portable-mortuary-storage-rack","title":"4 Tier Portable Mortuary Storage Rack","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePortable Multi-Tier Mortuary Storage for Cooler Capacity Expansion\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe 4 Tier Portable Mortuary Storage Rack is designed for morgues, funeral homes, cremation facilities, medical examiner offices, and mortuary cooler environments that need additional body storage capacity without permanent infrastructure changes. This mobile mortuary rack increases vertical storage density while maintaining access flexibility through side-load or end-load configurations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eBuilt for refrigerated storage workflows, the rack accommodates body trays or boards up to 26 inches wide and 79 inches long. Facilities operating with oversized trays, non-standard layouts, or specialized handling requirements should request a custom configuration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRecommended Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMortuary coolers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFuneral home storage areas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCremation holding facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedical examiner offices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoroner facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemporary overflow storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobile mortuary operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eNot Recommended For\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBariatric storage exceeding 300 lb per tier\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutdoor environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorrosive washdown applications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-standard tray sizes without configuration review\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFacilities without adequate cooler or doorway clearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncreases cooler storage capacity by utilizing vertical storage space\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in side-load and end-load configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLocking swivel casters support controlled movement and secure positioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e300 lb capacity per storage level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShips fully assembled with no field assembly required\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufactured in Oregon, USA\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with body trays or boards up to 26\" W x 79\" L\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in 2-tier, 3-tier, 4-tier, and 5-tier configurations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom sizes available upon request\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh gloss painted finish for easy cleaning and professional appearance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSide Load vs End Load Configuration\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eSide Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSide-load racks are typically used in facilities with wider aisle access and lateral transfer workflows. This configuration allows access from the side opening along the full rack length.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEnd Load\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEnd-load racks are commonly used in narrower room layouts or straight-in transfer workflows where side clearance is limited.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSpecification\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eDetails\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProduct Type\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePortable Mortuary Storage Rack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTier Configuration\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 Tier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOverall Dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30\" W x 83\" L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSide-Load Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e80\" L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEnd-Load Opening\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e27\" W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClear Space Between Tiers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e16\"\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst Tier Height\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6\" from floor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCapacity Per Tier\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e300 lbs\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible Tray Size\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 26\" W x 79\" L\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMobility\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLocking swivel casters\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHigh gloss paint\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGray\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAssembly\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eShips fully assembled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCountry of Manufacture\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eManufacturing Location\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOregon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis mortuary storage rack is intended for indoor mortuary and refrigerated storage environments only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not exceed the rated 300 lb capacity per tier. Facilities requiring bariatric storage or oversized tray compatibility should request a custom-engineered configuration before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFacilities should verify cooler access, doorway dimensions, hallway clearance, and transfer workflow compatibility prior to purchase. This rack ships fully assembled and may require freight access planning before delivery.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Side Load","offer_id":43376550838362,"sku":"CART-MORT-27-80-4S","price":3146.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"End Load","offer_id":43376550871130,"sku":"CART-MORT-27-80-4E","price":3146.16,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/Portable_Mortuary_Storage_Rack.png?v=1778784341"},{"product_id":"pallet-flow-rack-systems","title":"Pallet Flow Rack Systems","description":"\u003csection class=\"product-description\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHigh-Density FIFO Storage for High-Throughput Warehouse Operations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems are gravity-powered FIFO storage systems designed for high-density pallet storage in high-throughput warehouse environments. They are commonly used in food and beverage distribution, cold storage, manufacturing, and production-buffer operations where consistent pallet rotation and rapid replenishment are required. Do not use pallet flow rack systems with damaged pallets, inconsistent pallet dimensions, or highly variable SKU profiles, as unstable pallet movement can reduce system performance and create operational risk.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhat Is a Pallet Flow Rack?\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA pallet flow rack system uses gravity-powered roller lanes to move palletized inventory from the loading side to the picking side of the rack structure. Pallets are loaded from the rear of the lane and automatically advance forward as inventory is removed, maintaining First-In, First-Out (FIFO) inventory rotation without manual stock reshuffling.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUnlike selective pallet racking, pallet flow rack systems are designed to maximize storage density by reducing the number of required forklift aisles while maintaining continuous product flow and fast pallet retrieval.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh pallet throughput\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDate-sensitive inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch-controlled inventory\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent pallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRepetitive SKU movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction replenishment workflows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eKey Features\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHigh-Density Pallet Storage: \u003c\/strong\u003eReduces aisle requirements and increases pallet positions within the same warehouse footprint.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTrue FIFO Inventory Rotation: \u003c\/strong\u003eGravity-powered pallet movement ensures older inventory is picked first without manual stock rotation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReduced Forklift Travel: \u003c\/strong\u003eFront-side picking and rear-side loading reduce forklift congestion and lower labor movement across the warehouse floor.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDesigned for Uniform Pallet Loads: \u003c\/strong\u003eOptimized for operations using consistent pallet dimensions, pallet weights, and stable load profiles.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReach Truck \u0026amp; Counterbalance Compatible: \u003c\/strong\u003eCan be configured for use with reach trucks or counterbalanced forklifts depending on aisle layout and facility design.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCold Storage Compatible: \u003c\/strong\u003eCommonly used in freezer and refrigerated warehouse environments where dense pallet storage and inventory rotation are critical.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eOperational Advantages\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIncrease Storage Density\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems eliminate intermediate picking aisles, allowing warehouses to store significantly more pallets within the same building footprint compared to selective pallet racking.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove Inventory Rotation Accuracy\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFIFO inventory movement helps reduce product aging, spoilage, and obsolete stock accumulation in regulated or date-sensitive operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReduce Labor Requirements\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAutomatic pallet advancement reduces travel time and minimizes unnecessary forklift movement during replenishment and picking activities.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupport High-Volume Throughput\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow systems perform well in operations with repetitive pallet movement, predictable SKU flow, and continuous replenishment cycles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImprove Warehouse Ergonomics\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFront-facing pallet retrieval reduces excessive reaching and repetitive handling movements during picking operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eCommon Warehouse Applications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFood and beverage distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCold storage warehouses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreezer facilities\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManufacturing production buffers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-volume distribution centers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinished goods staging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBatch-controlled inventory storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduction line replenishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePharmaceutical inventory rotation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-throughput pallet handling environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eHow a Pallet Flow Rack System Works\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems use slightly inclined lanes equipped with rollers or wheels that allow gravity to move pallets from the loading side to the picking side.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallets are loaded from the rear loading aisle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGravity moves pallets forward through the lane.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe front pallet is retrieved from the picking aisle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemaining pallets automatically advance forward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFIFO inventory rotation is maintained continuously.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis configuration separates loading and picking activity, helping reduce forklift congestion in high-throughput warehouse environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePallet Flow Rack Tradeoffs \u0026amp; Limitations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems prioritize storage density and inventory rotation over SKU flexibility. They perform poorly in warehouses with inconsistent pallet dimensions, unstable pallet loads, or highly variable inventory profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires consistent pallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires sturdy pallet construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePoor fit for damaged pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduced flexibility for volatile SKU environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigher upfront investment than selective pallet racking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires accurate lane configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLayout errors are expensive to correct after installation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot ideal for highly irregular inventory movement patterns\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWarehouses with highly variable SKU turnover or inconsistent pallet quality often achieve better flexibility with selective pallet racking systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003ePallet Requirements\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReliable pallet movement depends on pallet consistency and structural integrity.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eRecommended Pallet Conditions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniform pallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConsistent pallet weights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStructurally sound pallet construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStable load distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntact bottom deck boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimal pallet deflection under load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eDo Not Use With\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBroken pallets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeak pallet bottoms\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInconsistent pallet footprints\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDamaged runners\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnstable or shifting pallet loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePoor pallet quality can interrupt gravity flow, damage rollers, and create unsafe operating conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eForklift Compatibility\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems are commonly configured for reach trucks and counterbalanced forklifts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eForklift selection depends on lane depth, rack height, aisle width, facility throughput, pallet dimensions, and building constraints. Final layouts should be reviewed against forklift turning requirements and operational traffic patterns.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eTypical Specifications\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eSystem Type\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGravity-fed FIFO pallet storage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eStorage Method\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear loading \/ front picking\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eLane System\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRoller or wheel flow lanes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eTypical Lane Depth\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-deep to 20+ deep configurations\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInventory Profile\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull pallet loads, high-volume SKUs, consistent pallet sizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eInventory Rotation\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFirst-In, First-Out (FIFO)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCompatible Equipment\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReach trucks and counterbalanced forklifts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003cth\u003eCommon Environments\u003c\/th\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCold storage, freezer facilities, production environments, high-throughput distribution centers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eEngineering \u0026amp; Installation Considerations\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems are layout-sensitive warehouse systems that require accurate operational planning before installation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet dimensions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePallet weight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThroughput requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSKU velocity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForklift specifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlab conditions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilding clear heights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSeismic requirements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoading aisle configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePicking aisle configuration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFinal capacities and layouts should be reviewed against local code requirements, operational traffic patterns, and facility-specific engineering constraints.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen to Use Pallet Flow Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePallet flow rack systems are best suited for warehouses that require high-density pallet storage, FIFO inventory rotation, rapid pallet throughput, reduced forklift travel, date-sensitive inventory handling, production replenishment workflows, and consistent palletized inventory movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThey are particularly effective in operations where pallet turnover speed and storage density are more important than SKU flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eWhen NOT to Use Pallet Flow Rack Systems\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDo not use pallet flow rack systems in operations with inconsistent pallet dimensions, frequent SKU variability, unstable pallet construction, damaged pallets, low inventory turnover, highly irregular pallet weights, or constantly changing storage profiles.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSelective pallet racking or other flexible storage systems are often more appropriate for highly dynamic inventory environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"product-cta\"\u003e\n\u003ch2\u003eRequest a Pallet Flow Rack Layout Review\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSpeak with a warehouse storage specialist to evaluate lane depth, pallet flow requirements, throughput goals, forklift compatibility, and facility constraints before specifying a pallet flow rack system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/section\u003e","brand":"Speedrack West","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":43376790110298,"sku":"Pallet Flow Rack","price":0.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/files\/PalletFlowRack.png?v=1778798412"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0715\/7003\/0682\/collections\/Warehouse_Equipment_Collection.webp?v=1778622121","url":"https:\/\/kgwarehouseequipment.com\/collections\/warehouse-equipment.oembed","provider":"KG Warehouse Equipment","version":"1.0","type":"link"}